diff --git a/alloydb/v1/alloydb-api.json b/alloydb/v1/alloydb-api.json index aa350ab30e..ebe2ba6db6 100644 --- a/alloydb/v1/alloydb-api.json +++ b/alloydb/v1/alloydb-api.json @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -408,12 +408,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the create request.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -451,12 +451,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the create request.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -499,12 +499,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the delete.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the update request.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ ] }, "switchover": { - "description": "Switches the role of PRIMARY and SECONDARY cluster without any data loss. This promotes the SECONDARY cluster to PRIMARY and sets up original PRIMARY cluster to replicate from this newly promoted cluster.", + "description": "Switches the roles of PRIMARY and SECONDARY clusters without any data loss. This promotes the SECONDARY cluster to PRIMARY and sets up the original PRIMARY cluster to replicate from this newly promoted cluster.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}:switchover", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "alloydb.projects.locations.clusters.switchover", @@ -790,12 +790,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the create request.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -833,12 +833,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the create request.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -876,12 +876,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the delete.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the update request.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1318,7 +1318,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1517,7 +1517,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20240909", + "revision": "20240923", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedNetwork": { @@ -1773,7 +1773,7 @@ }, "sslConfig": { "$ref": "SslConfig", - "description": "Optional. SSL config option for this instance." + "description": "Optional. SSL configuration option for this instance." } }, "type": "object" @@ -2010,7 +2010,7 @@ "TRIAL" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "This is an unknown Subscription type (By default, Subscription Type is STANDARD)", + "This is an unknown subscription type. By default, the subscription type is STANDARD.", "Standard subscription.", "Trial subscription." ], @@ -2289,11 +2289,11 @@ "id": "FailoverInstanceRequest", "properties": { "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the failover.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -2395,11 +2395,11 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the fault injection.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -2504,7 +2504,7 @@ }, "networkConfig": { "$ref": "InstanceNetworkConfig", - "description": "Optional. Instance level network configuration." + "description": "Optional. Instance-level network configuration." }, "nodes": { "description": "Output only. List of available read-only VMs in this instance, including the standby for a PRIMARY instance.", @@ -2596,7 +2596,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "InstanceNetworkConfig": { - "description": "Metadata related to instance level network configuration.", + "description": "Metadata related to instance-level network configuration.", "id": "InstanceNetworkConfig", "properties": { "authorizedExternalNetworks": { @@ -3066,11 +3066,11 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the delete.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -3183,18 +3183,18 @@ "id": "RestartInstanceRequest", "properties": { "nodeIds": { - "description": "Optional. Full name of the nodes as obtained from INSTANCE_VIEW_FULL to restart upon. Only applicable for read instances.", + "description": "Optional. Full name of the nodes as obtained from INSTANCE_VIEW_FULL to restart upon. Applicable only to read instances.", "items": { "type": "string" }, "type": "array" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the restart.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -3221,11 +3221,11 @@ "description": "ContinuousBackup source. Continuous backup needs to be enabled in the source cluster for this operation to succeed." }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the import request.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -3277,10 +3277,10 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "SSL mode not specified. Defaults to ENCRYPTED_ONLY.", + "SSL mode is not specified. Defaults to ENCRYPTED_ONLY.", "SSL connections are optional. CA verification not enforced.", "SSL connections are required. CA verification not enforced. Clients may use locally self-signed certificates (default psql client behavior).", - "SSL connections are required. CA verification enforced. Clients must have certificates signed by a Cluster CA, e.g. via GenerateClientCertificate.", + "SSL connections are required. CA verification enforced. Clients must have certificates signed by a Cluster CA, for example, using GenerateClientCertificate.", "SSL connections are optional. CA verification not enforced.", "SSL connections are required. CA verification not enforced." ], @@ -3959,7 +3959,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceMetadata": { - "description": "Common model for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 21", + "description": "Common model for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 22", "id": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceMetadata", "properties": { "availabilityConfiguration": { @@ -4086,6 +4086,10 @@ "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceId", "description": "Identifier for this resource's immediate parent/primary resource if the current resource is a replica or derived form of another Database resource. Else it would be NULL. REQUIRED if the immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested, otherwise optional." }, + "primaryResourceLocation": { + "description": "Primary resource location. REQUIRED if the immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested, otherwise optional.", + "type": "string" + }, "product": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterProtoCommonProduct", "description": "The product this resource represents." @@ -4593,6 +4597,11 @@ "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainRetentionSettings": { "id": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainRetentionSettings", "properties": { + "durationBasedRetention": { + "description": "Duration based retention period i.e. 172800 seconds (2 days)", + "format": "google-duration", + "type": "string" + }, "quantityBasedRetention": { "format": "int32", "type": "integer" @@ -4603,12 +4612,14 @@ "RETENTION_UNIT_UNSPECIFIED", "COUNT", "TIME", + "DURATION", "RETENTION_UNIT_OTHER" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Backup retention unit is unspecified, will be treated as COUNT.", "Retention will be by count, eg. \"retain the most recent 7 backups\".", - "Retention will be by Time, eg. \"retain the last 7 days backups\".", + "Retention will be by Time, eg. \"retain backups till a specific time\" i.e. till 2024-05-01T00:00:00Z.", + "Retention will be by duration, eg. \"retain the backups for 172800 seconds (2 days)\".", "For rest of the other category" ], "type": "string" @@ -4882,11 +4893,11 @@ "id": "SwitchoverClusterRequest", "properties": { "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the delete.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -4940,11 +4951,11 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but does not actually execute the upgrade.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "type": "boolean" }, "version": { diff --git a/alloydb/v1/alloydb-gen.go b/alloydb/v1/alloydb-gen.go index 8418ed17cd..312724b50f 100644 --- a/alloydb/v1/alloydb-gen.go +++ b/alloydb/v1/alloydb-gen.go @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ type ClientConnectionConfig struct { // RequireConnectors: Optional. Configuration to enforce connectors only (ex: // AuthProxy) connections to the database. RequireConnectors bool `json:"requireConnectors,omitempty"` - // SslConfig: Optional. SSL config option for this instance. + // SslConfig: Optional. SSL configuration option for this instance. SslConfig *SslConfig `json:"sslConfig,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "RequireConnectors") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or @@ -657,8 +657,8 @@ type Cluster struct { // SubscriptionType: Optional. Subscription type of the cluster. // // Possible values: - // "SUBSCRIPTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED" - This is an unknown Subscription type (By - // default, Subscription Type is STANDARD) + // "SUBSCRIPTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED" - This is an unknown subscription type. By + // default, the subscription type is STANDARD. // "STANDARD" - Standard subscription. // "TRIAL" - Trial subscription. SubscriptionType string `json:"subscriptionType,omitempty"` @@ -964,20 +964,20 @@ func (s EncryptionInfo) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { // FailoverInstanceRequest: Message for triggering failover on an Instance type FailoverInstanceRequest struct { // RequestId: Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a - // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will - // know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will - // guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, - // consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times - // out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can - // check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if - // so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally - // creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the + // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores + // the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for + // at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a + // situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If + // you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if + // the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, + // ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating + // duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the // exception that zero UUID is not supported // (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). RequestId string `json:"requestId,omitempty"` - // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission - // checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the - // failover. + // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, + // permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually + // execute the create request. ValidateOnly bool `json:"validateOnly,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "RequestId") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or @@ -1108,20 +1108,20 @@ type InjectFaultRequest struct { // "STOP_VM" - Stop the VM FaultType string `json:"faultType,omitempty"` // RequestId: Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a - // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will - // know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will - // guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, - // consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times - // out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can - // check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if - // so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally - // creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the + // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores + // the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for + // at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a + // situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If + // you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if + // the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, + // ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating + // duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the // exception that zero UUID is not supported // (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). RequestId string `json:"requestId,omitempty"` - // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission - // checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the - // fault injection. + // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, + // permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually + // execute the create request. ValidateOnly bool `json:"validateOnly,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "FaultType") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or @@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ type Instance struct { // The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: // * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // NetworkConfig: Optional. Instance level network configuration. + // NetworkConfig: Optional. Instance-level network configuration. NetworkConfig *InstanceNetworkConfig `json:"networkConfig,omitempty"` // Nodes: Output only. List of available read-only VMs in this instance, // including the standby for a PRIMARY instance. @@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@ func (s Instance) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return gensupport.MarshalJSON(NoMethod(s), s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) } -// InstanceNetworkConfig: Metadata related to instance level network +// InstanceNetworkConfig: Metadata related to instance-level network // configuration. type InstanceNetworkConfig struct { // AuthorizedExternalNetworks: Optional. A list of external network authorized @@ -1897,20 +1897,20 @@ type PromoteClusterRequest struct { // an ABORTED error will be returned. Etag string `json:"etag,omitempty"` // RequestId: Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a - // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will - // know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will - // guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, - // consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times - // out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can - // check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if - // so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally - // creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the + // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores + // the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for + // at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a + // situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If + // you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if + // original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will + // ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating + // duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the // exception that zero UUID is not supported // (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). RequestId string `json:"requestId,omitempty"` - // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission - // checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the - // delete. + // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, + // permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually + // execute the create request. ValidateOnly bool `json:"validateOnly,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Etag") to unconditionally // include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or default values are @@ -2098,23 +2098,23 @@ func (s ReadPoolConfig) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { type RestartInstanceRequest struct { // NodeIds: Optional. Full name of the nodes as obtained from - // INSTANCE_VIEW_FULL to restart upon. Only applicable for read instances. + // INSTANCE_VIEW_FULL to restart upon. Applicable only to read instances. NodeIds []string `json:"nodeIds,omitempty"` // RequestId: Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a - // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will - // know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will - // guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, - // consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times - // out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can - // check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if - // so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally - // creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the + // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores + // the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for + // at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a + // situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If + // you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if + // the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, + // ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating + // duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the // exception that zero UUID is not supported // (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). RequestId string `json:"requestId,omitempty"` - // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission - // checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the - // restart. + // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, + // permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually + // execute the create request. ValidateOnly bool `json:"validateOnly,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "NodeIds") to unconditionally // include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or default values are @@ -2147,20 +2147,20 @@ type RestoreClusterRequest struct { // be enabled in the source cluster for this operation to succeed. ContinuousBackupSource *ContinuousBackupSource `json:"continuousBackupSource,omitempty"` // RequestId: Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a - // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will - // know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will - // guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, - // consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times - // out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can - // check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if - // so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally - // creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the + // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores + // the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for + // at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a + // situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If + // you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if + // the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, + // ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating + // duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the // exception that zero UUID is not supported // (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). RequestId string `json:"requestId,omitempty"` - // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission - // checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the - // import request. + // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, + // permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually + // execute the create request. ValidateOnly bool `json:"validateOnly,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "BackupSource") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or @@ -2219,7 +2219,7 @@ type SslConfig struct { // behavior. // // Possible values: - // "SSL_MODE_UNSPECIFIED" - SSL mode not specified. Defaults to + // "SSL_MODE_UNSPECIFIED" - SSL mode is not specified. Defaults to // ENCRYPTED_ONLY. // "SSL_MODE_ALLOW" - SSL connections are optional. CA verification not // enforced. @@ -2227,8 +2227,8 @@ type SslConfig struct { // enforced. Clients may use locally self-signed certificates (default psql // client behavior). // "SSL_MODE_VERIFY_CA" - SSL connections are required. CA verification - // enforced. Clients must have certificates signed by a Cluster CA, e.g. via - // GenerateClientCertificate. + // enforced. Clients must have certificates signed by a Cluster CA, for + // example, using GenerateClientCertificate. // "ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED" - SSL connections are optional. CA // verification not enforced. // "ENCRYPTED_ONLY" - SSL connections are required. CA verification not @@ -2883,7 +2883,7 @@ func (s StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceId) MarshalJSON() ( } // StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceMetadata: Common model -// for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 21 +// for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 22 type StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceMetadata struct { // AvailabilityConfiguration: Availability configuration for this instance AvailabilityConfiguration *StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainAvailabilityConfiguration `json:"availabilityConfiguration,omitempty"` @@ -2948,6 +2948,10 @@ type StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceMetadata struct { // Database resource. Else it would be NULL. REQUIRED if the immediate parent // exists when first time resource is getting ingested, otherwise optional. PrimaryResourceId *StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceId `json:"primaryResourceId,omitempty"` + // PrimaryResourceLocation: Primary resource location. REQUIRED if the + // immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested, + // otherwise optional. + PrimaryResourceLocation string `json:"primaryResourceLocation,omitempty"` // Product: The product this resource represents. Product *StorageDatabasecenterProtoCommonProduct `json:"product,omitempty"` // ResourceContainer: Closest parent Cloud Resource Manager container of this @@ -3426,7 +3430,10 @@ func (s StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainOperationError) MarshalJSON() ([]by } type StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainRetentionSettings struct { - QuantityBasedRetention int64 `json:"quantityBasedRetention,omitempty"` + // DurationBasedRetention: Duration based retention period i.e. 172800 seconds + // (2 days) + DurationBasedRetention string `json:"durationBasedRetention,omitempty"` + QuantityBasedRetention int64 `json:"quantityBasedRetention,omitempty"` // RetentionUnit: The unit that 'retained_backups' represents. // // Possible values: @@ -3434,17 +3441,20 @@ type StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainRetentionSettings struct { // be treated as COUNT. // "COUNT" - Retention will be by count, eg. "retain the most recent 7 // backups". - // "TIME" - Retention will be by Time, eg. "retain the last 7 days backups". + // "TIME" - Retention will be by Time, eg. "retain backups till a specific + // time" i.e. till 2024-05-01T00:00:00Z. + // "DURATION" - Retention will be by duration, eg. "retain the backups for + // 172800 seconds (2 days)". // "RETENTION_UNIT_OTHER" - For rest of the other category RetentionUnit string `json:"retentionUnit,omitempty"` TimeBasedRetention string `json:"timeBasedRetention,omitempty"` - // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "QuantityBasedRetention") to + // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "DurationBasedRetention") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or // default values are omitted from API requests. See // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-ForceSendFields for more // details. ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"` - // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "QuantityBasedRetention") to + // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "DurationBasedRetention") to // include in API requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields with // empty values are omitted from API requests. See // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-NullFields for more details. @@ -3705,20 +3715,20 @@ func (s SupportedDatabaseFlag) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { // SwitchoverClusterRequest: Message for switching over to a cluster type SwitchoverClusterRequest struct { // RequestId: Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a - // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will - // know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will - // guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, - // consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times - // out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can - // check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if - // so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally - // creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the + // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores + // the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for + // at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a + // situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If + // you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if + // the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, + // ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating + // duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the // exception that zero UUID is not supported // (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). RequestId string `json:"requestId,omitempty"` - // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission - // checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the - // delete. + // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, + // permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually + // execute the create request. ValidateOnly bool `json:"validateOnly,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "RequestId") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or @@ -3797,20 +3807,20 @@ type UpgradeClusterRequest struct { // an ABORTED error will be returned. Etag string `json:"etag,omitempty"` // RequestId: Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a - // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will - // know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will - // guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, - // consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times - // out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can - // check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if - // so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally - // creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the + // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores + // the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for + // at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a + // situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If + // you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if + // the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, + // ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating + // duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the // exception that zero UUID is not supported // (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). RequestId string `json:"requestId,omitempty"` - // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission - // checks and any other type of validation), but does not actually execute the - // upgrade. + // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, + // permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually + // execute the create request. ValidateOnly bool `json:"validateOnly,omitempty"` // Version: Required. The version the cluster is going to be upgraded to. // @@ -4277,13 +4287,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsBackupsCreateCall) BackupId(backupId string) *Projects // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsBackupsCreateCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsBackupsCreateCall { @@ -4408,13 +4418,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsBackupsDeleteCall) Etag(etag string) *ProjectsLocation // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsBackupsDeleteCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsBackupsDeleteCall { @@ -4807,13 +4817,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsBackupsPatchCall) AllowMissing(allowMissing bool) *Pro // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsBackupsPatchCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsBackupsPatchCall { @@ -4949,13 +4959,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreateCall) ClusterId(clusterId string) *Proje // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreateCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreateCall { @@ -4964,8 +4974,8 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreateCall) RequestId(requestId string) *Proje } // ValidateOnly sets the optional parameter "validateOnly": If set, performs -// request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of -// validation), but do not actually execute the create request. +// request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of +// validation, but does not actually execute the create request. func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreateCall) ValidateOnly(validateOnly bool) *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreateCall { c.urlParams_.Set("validateOnly", fmt.Sprint(validateOnly)) return c @@ -5083,13 +5093,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreatesecondaryCall) ClusterId(clusterId strin // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreatesecondaryCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreatesecondaryCall { @@ -5098,8 +5108,8 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreatesecondaryCall) RequestId(requestId strin } // ValidateOnly sets the optional parameter "validateOnly": If set, performs -// request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of -// validation), but do not actually execute the create request. +// request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of +// validation, but does not actually execute the create request. func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreatesecondaryCall) ValidateOnly(validateOnly bool) *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreatesecondaryCall { c.urlParams_.Set("validateOnly", fmt.Sprint(validateOnly)) return c @@ -5222,13 +5232,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersDeleteCall) Force(force bool) *ProjectsLocatio // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersDeleteCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersDeleteCall { @@ -5237,8 +5247,8 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersDeleteCall) RequestId(requestId string) *Proje } // ValidateOnly sets the optional parameter "validateOnly": If set, performs -// request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of -// validation), but do not actually execute the delete. +// request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of +// validation, but does not actually execute the create request. func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersDeleteCall) ValidateOnly(validateOnly bool) *ProjectsLocationsClustersDeleteCall { c.urlParams_.Set("validateOnly", fmt.Sprint(validateOnly)) return c @@ -5648,13 +5658,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersPatchCall) AllowMissing(allowMissing bool) *Pr // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersPatchCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersPatchCall { @@ -5673,8 +5683,8 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersPatchCall) UpdateMask(updateMask string) *Proj } // ValidateOnly sets the optional parameter "validateOnly": If set, performs -// request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of -// validation), but do not actually execute the update request. +// request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of +// validation, but does not actually execute the create request. func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersPatchCall) ValidateOnly(validateOnly bool) *ProjectsLocationsClustersPatchCall { c.urlParams_.Set("validateOnly", fmt.Sprint(validateOnly)) return c @@ -5979,8 +5989,8 @@ type ProjectsLocationsClustersSwitchoverCall struct { header_ http.Header } -// Switchover: Switches the role of PRIMARY and SECONDARY cluster without any -// data loss. This promotes the SECONDARY cluster to PRIMARY and sets up +// Switchover: Switches the roles of PRIMARY and SECONDARY clusters without any +// data loss. This promotes the SECONDARY cluster to PRIMARY and sets up the // original PRIMARY cluster to replicate from this newly promoted cluster. // // - name: The name of the resource. For the required format, see the comment @@ -6204,13 +6214,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreateCall) InstanceId(instanceId str // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreateCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreateCall { @@ -6219,8 +6229,8 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreateCall) RequestId(requestId strin } // ValidateOnly sets the optional parameter "validateOnly": If set, performs -// request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of -// validation), but do not actually execute the create request. +// request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of +// validation, but does not actually execute the create request. func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreateCall) ValidateOnly(validateOnly bool) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreateCall { c.urlParams_.Set("validateOnly", fmt.Sprint(validateOnly)) return c @@ -6338,13 +6348,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreatesecondaryCall) InstanceId(insta // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreatesecondaryCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreatesecondaryCall { @@ -6353,8 +6363,8 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreatesecondaryCall) RequestId(reques } // ValidateOnly sets the optional parameter "validateOnly": If set, performs -// request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of -// validation), but do not actually execute the create request. +// request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of +// validation, but does not actually execute the create request. func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreatesecondaryCall) ValidateOnly(validateOnly bool) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreatesecondaryCall { c.urlParams_.Set("validateOnly", fmt.Sprint(validateOnly)) return c @@ -6470,13 +6480,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesDeleteCall) Etag(etag string) *Projec // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesDeleteCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesDeleteCall { @@ -6485,8 +6495,8 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesDeleteCall) RequestId(requestId strin } // ValidateOnly sets the optional parameter "validateOnly": If set, performs -// request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of -// validation), but do not actually execute the delete. +// request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of +// validation, but does not actually execute the create request. func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesDeleteCall) ValidateOnly(validateOnly bool) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesDeleteCall { c.urlParams_.Set("validateOnly", fmt.Sprint(validateOnly)) return c @@ -6825,13 +6835,13 @@ func (r *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesService) GetConnectionInfo(parent str // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesGetConnectionInfoCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesGetConnectionInfoCall { @@ -7228,13 +7238,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesPatchCall) AllowMissing(allowMissing // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesPatchCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesPatchCall { @@ -7253,8 +7263,8 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesPatchCall) UpdateMask(updateMask stri } // ValidateOnly sets the optional parameter "validateOnly": If set, performs -// request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of -// validation), but do not actually execute the update request. +// request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of +// validation, but does not actually execute the create request. func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesPatchCall) ValidateOnly(validateOnly bool) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesPatchCall { c.urlParams_.Set("validateOnly", fmt.Sprint(validateOnly)) return c @@ -7465,13 +7475,13 @@ func (r *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersService) Create(parent string, user *User // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersCreateCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersCreateCall { @@ -7595,13 +7605,13 @@ func (r *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersService) Delete(name string) *ProjectsLoc // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersDeleteCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersDeleteCall { @@ -7988,13 +7998,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersPatchCall) AllowMissing(allowMissing bool // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersPatchCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersPatchCall { diff --git a/alloydb/v1alpha/alloydb-api.json b/alloydb/v1alpha/alloydb-api.json index 00fc2863cb..65264e270e 100644 --- a/alloydb/v1alpha/alloydb-api.json +++ b/alloydb/v1alpha/alloydb-api.json @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -408,12 +408,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the create request.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -451,12 +451,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the create request.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -499,12 +499,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the delete.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the update request.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ ] }, "switchover": { - "description": "Switches the role of PRIMARY and SECONDARY cluster without any data loss. This promotes the SECONDARY cluster to PRIMARY and sets up original PRIMARY cluster to replicate from this newly promoted cluster.", + "description": "Switches the roles of PRIMARY and SECONDARY clusters without any data loss. This promotes the SECONDARY cluster to PRIMARY and sets up the original PRIMARY cluster to replicate from this newly promoted cluster.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}:switchover", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "alloydb.projects.locations.clusters.switchover", @@ -790,12 +790,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the create request.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -833,12 +833,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the create request.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -876,12 +876,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the delete.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the update request.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1318,7 +1318,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1517,7 +1517,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20240909", + "revision": "20240923", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedNetwork": { @@ -1778,7 +1778,7 @@ }, "sslConfig": { "$ref": "SslConfig", - "description": "Optional. SSL config option for this instance." + "description": "Optional. SSL configuration option for this instance." } }, "type": "object" @@ -2049,7 +2049,7 @@ "TRIAL" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "This is an unknown Subscription type (By default, Subscription Type is STANDARD)", + "This is an unknown subscription type. By default, the subscription type is STANDARD.", "Standard subscription.", "Trial subscription." ], @@ -2342,11 +2342,11 @@ "id": "FailoverInstanceRequest", "properties": { "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the failover.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -2472,11 +2472,11 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the fault injection.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -2585,7 +2585,7 @@ }, "networkConfig": { "$ref": "InstanceNetworkConfig", - "description": "Optional. Instance level network configuration." + "description": "Optional. Instance-level network configuration." }, "nodes": { "description": "Output only. List of available read-only VMs in this instance, including the standby for a PRIMARY instance.", @@ -2690,7 +2690,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "InstanceNetworkConfig": { - "description": "Metadata related to instance level network configuration.", + "description": "Metadata related to instance-level network configuration.", "id": "InstanceNetworkConfig", "properties": { "authorizedExternalNetworks": { @@ -3206,11 +3206,11 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the delete.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -3323,18 +3323,18 @@ "id": "RestartInstanceRequest", "properties": { "nodeIds": { - "description": "Optional. Full name of the nodes as obtained from INSTANCE_VIEW_FULL to restart upon. Only applicable for read instances.", + "description": "Optional. Full name of the nodes as obtained from INSTANCE_VIEW_FULL to restart upon. Applicable only to read instances.", "items": { "type": "string" }, "type": "array" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the restart.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -3361,11 +3361,11 @@ "description": "ContinuousBackup source. Continuous backup needs to be enabled in the source cluster for this operation to succeed." }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the import request.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -3417,10 +3417,10 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "SSL mode not specified. Defaults to ENCRYPTED_ONLY.", + "SSL mode is not specified. Defaults to ENCRYPTED_ONLY.", "SSL connections are optional. CA verification not enforced.", "SSL connections are required. CA verification not enforced. Clients may use locally self-signed certificates (default psql client behavior).", - "SSL connections are required. CA verification enforced. Clients must have certificates signed by a Cluster CA, e.g. via GenerateClientCertificate.", + "SSL connections are required. CA verification enforced. Clients must have certificates signed by a Cluster CA, for example, using GenerateClientCertificate.", "SSL connections are optional. CA verification not enforced.", "SSL connections are required. CA verification not enforced." ], @@ -4099,7 +4099,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceMetadata": { - "description": "Common model for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 21", + "description": "Common model for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 22", "id": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceMetadata", "properties": { "availabilityConfiguration": { @@ -4226,6 +4226,10 @@ "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceId", "description": "Identifier for this resource's immediate parent/primary resource if the current resource is a replica or derived form of another Database resource. Else it would be NULL. REQUIRED if the immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested, otherwise optional." }, + "primaryResourceLocation": { + "description": "Primary resource location. REQUIRED if the immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested, otherwise optional.", + "type": "string" + }, "product": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterProtoCommonProduct", "description": "The product this resource represents." @@ -4733,6 +4737,11 @@ "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainRetentionSettings": { "id": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainRetentionSettings", "properties": { + "durationBasedRetention": { + "description": "Duration based retention period i.e. 172800 seconds (2 days)", + "format": "google-duration", + "type": "string" + }, "quantityBasedRetention": { "format": "int32", "type": "integer" @@ -4743,12 +4752,14 @@ "RETENTION_UNIT_UNSPECIFIED", "COUNT", "TIME", + "DURATION", "RETENTION_UNIT_OTHER" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Backup retention unit is unspecified, will be treated as COUNT.", "Retention will be by count, eg. \"retain the most recent 7 backups\".", - "Retention will be by Time, eg. \"retain the last 7 days backups\".", + "Retention will be by Time, eg. \"retain backups till a specific time\" i.e. till 2024-05-01T00:00:00Z.", + "Retention will be by duration, eg. \"retain the backups for 172800 seconds (2 days)\".", "For rest of the other category" ], "type": "string" @@ -5022,11 +5033,11 @@ "id": "SwitchoverClusterRequest", "properties": { "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the delete.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -5101,11 +5112,11 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but does not actually execute the upgrade.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "type": "boolean" }, "version": { diff --git a/alloydb/v1alpha/alloydb-gen.go b/alloydb/v1alpha/alloydb-gen.go index 72db4320b8..cdb8a552d7 100644 --- a/alloydb/v1alpha/alloydb-gen.go +++ b/alloydb/v1alpha/alloydb-gen.go @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ type ClientConnectionConfig struct { // RequireConnectors: Optional. Configuration to enforce connectors only (ex: // AuthProxy) connections to the database. RequireConnectors bool `json:"requireConnectors,omitempty"` - // SslConfig: Optional. SSL config option for this instance. + // SslConfig: Optional. SSL configuration option for this instance. SslConfig *SslConfig `json:"sslConfig,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "RequireConnectors") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or @@ -694,8 +694,8 @@ type Cluster struct { // SubscriptionType: Optional. Subscription type of the cluster. // // Possible values: - // "SUBSCRIPTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED" - This is an unknown Subscription type (By - // default, Subscription Type is STANDARD) + // "SUBSCRIPTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED" - This is an unknown subscription type. By + // default, the subscription type is STANDARD. // "STANDARD" - Standard subscription. // "TRIAL" - Trial subscription. SubscriptionType string `json:"subscriptionType,omitempty"` @@ -1007,20 +1007,20 @@ func (s EncryptionInfo) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { // FailoverInstanceRequest: Message for triggering failover on an Instance type FailoverInstanceRequest struct { // RequestId: Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a - // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will - // know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will - // guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, - // consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times - // out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can - // check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if - // so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally - // creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the + // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores + // the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for + // at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a + // situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If + // you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if + // the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, + // ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating + // duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the // exception that zero UUID is not supported // (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). RequestId string `json:"requestId,omitempty"` - // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission - // checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the - // failover. + // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, + // permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually + // execute the create request. ValidateOnly bool `json:"validateOnly,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "RequestId") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or @@ -1203,20 +1203,20 @@ type InjectFaultRequest struct { // "STOP_VM" - Stop the VM FaultType string `json:"faultType,omitempty"` // RequestId: Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a - // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will - // know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will - // guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, - // consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times - // out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can - // check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if - // so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally - // creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the + // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores + // the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for + // at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a + // situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If + // you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if + // the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, + // ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating + // duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the // exception that zero UUID is not supported // (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). RequestId string `json:"requestId,omitempty"` - // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission - // checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the - // fault injection. + // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, + // permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually + // execute the create request. ValidateOnly bool `json:"validateOnly,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "FaultType") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or @@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@ type Instance struct { // The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: // * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // NetworkConfig: Optional. Instance level network configuration. + // NetworkConfig: Optional. Instance-level network configuration. NetworkConfig *InstanceNetworkConfig `json:"networkConfig,omitempty"` // Nodes: Output only. List of available read-only VMs in this instance, // including the standby for a PRIMARY instance. @@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@ func (s Instance) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return gensupport.MarshalJSON(NoMethod(s), s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) } -// InstanceNetworkConfig: Metadata related to instance level network +// InstanceNetworkConfig: Metadata related to instance-level network // configuration. type InstanceNetworkConfig struct { // AuthorizedExternalNetworks: Optional. A list of external network authorized @@ -2054,20 +2054,20 @@ type PromoteClusterRequest struct { // an ABORTED error will be returned. Etag string `json:"etag,omitempty"` // RequestId: Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a - // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will - // know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will - // guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, - // consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times - // out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can - // check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if - // so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally - // creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the + // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores + // the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for + // at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a + // situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If + // you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if + // original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will + // ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating + // duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the // exception that zero UUID is not supported // (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). RequestId string `json:"requestId,omitempty"` - // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission - // checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the - // delete. + // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, + // permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually + // execute the create request. ValidateOnly bool `json:"validateOnly,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Etag") to unconditionally // include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or default values are @@ -2255,23 +2255,23 @@ func (s ReadPoolConfig) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { type RestartInstanceRequest struct { // NodeIds: Optional. Full name of the nodes as obtained from - // INSTANCE_VIEW_FULL to restart upon. Only applicable for read instances. + // INSTANCE_VIEW_FULL to restart upon. Applicable only to read instances. NodeIds []string `json:"nodeIds,omitempty"` // RequestId: Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a - // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will - // know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will - // guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, - // consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times - // out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can - // check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if - // so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally - // creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the + // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores + // the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for + // at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a + // situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If + // you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if + // the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, + // ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating + // duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the // exception that zero UUID is not supported // (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). RequestId string `json:"requestId,omitempty"` - // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission - // checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the - // restart. + // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, + // permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually + // execute the create request. ValidateOnly bool `json:"validateOnly,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "NodeIds") to unconditionally // include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or default values are @@ -2304,20 +2304,20 @@ type RestoreClusterRequest struct { // be enabled in the source cluster for this operation to succeed. ContinuousBackupSource *ContinuousBackupSource `json:"continuousBackupSource,omitempty"` // RequestId: Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a - // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will - // know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will - // guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, - // consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times - // out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can - // check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if - // so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally - // creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the + // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores + // the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for + // at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a + // situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If + // you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if + // the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, + // ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating + // duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the // exception that zero UUID is not supported // (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). RequestId string `json:"requestId,omitempty"` - // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission - // checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the - // import request. + // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, + // permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually + // execute the create request. ValidateOnly bool `json:"validateOnly,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "BackupSource") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or @@ -2376,7 +2376,7 @@ type SslConfig struct { // behavior. // // Possible values: - // "SSL_MODE_UNSPECIFIED" - SSL mode not specified. Defaults to + // "SSL_MODE_UNSPECIFIED" - SSL mode is not specified. Defaults to // ENCRYPTED_ONLY. // "SSL_MODE_ALLOW" - SSL connections are optional. CA verification not // enforced. @@ -2384,8 +2384,8 @@ type SslConfig struct { // enforced. Clients may use locally self-signed certificates (default psql // client behavior). // "SSL_MODE_VERIFY_CA" - SSL connections are required. CA verification - // enforced. Clients must have certificates signed by a Cluster CA, e.g. via - // GenerateClientCertificate. + // enforced. Clients must have certificates signed by a Cluster CA, for + // example, using GenerateClientCertificate. // "ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED" - SSL connections are optional. CA // verification not enforced. // "ENCRYPTED_ONLY" - SSL connections are required. CA verification not @@ -3040,7 +3040,7 @@ func (s StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceId) MarshalJSON() ( } // StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceMetadata: Common model -// for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 21 +// for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 22 type StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceMetadata struct { // AvailabilityConfiguration: Availability configuration for this instance AvailabilityConfiguration *StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainAvailabilityConfiguration `json:"availabilityConfiguration,omitempty"` @@ -3105,6 +3105,10 @@ type StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceMetadata struct { // Database resource. Else it would be NULL. REQUIRED if the immediate parent // exists when first time resource is getting ingested, otherwise optional. PrimaryResourceId *StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceId `json:"primaryResourceId,omitempty"` + // PrimaryResourceLocation: Primary resource location. REQUIRED if the + // immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested, + // otherwise optional. + PrimaryResourceLocation string `json:"primaryResourceLocation,omitempty"` // Product: The product this resource represents. Product *StorageDatabasecenterProtoCommonProduct `json:"product,omitempty"` // ResourceContainer: Closest parent Cloud Resource Manager container of this @@ -3583,7 +3587,10 @@ func (s StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainOperationError) MarshalJSON() ([]by } type StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainRetentionSettings struct { - QuantityBasedRetention int64 `json:"quantityBasedRetention,omitempty"` + // DurationBasedRetention: Duration based retention period i.e. 172800 seconds + // (2 days) + DurationBasedRetention string `json:"durationBasedRetention,omitempty"` + QuantityBasedRetention int64 `json:"quantityBasedRetention,omitempty"` // RetentionUnit: The unit that 'retained_backups' represents. // // Possible values: @@ -3591,17 +3598,20 @@ type StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainRetentionSettings struct { // be treated as COUNT. // "COUNT" - Retention will be by count, eg. "retain the most recent 7 // backups". - // "TIME" - Retention will be by Time, eg. "retain the last 7 days backups". + // "TIME" - Retention will be by Time, eg. "retain backups till a specific + // time" i.e. till 2024-05-01T00:00:00Z. + // "DURATION" - Retention will be by duration, eg. "retain the backups for + // 172800 seconds (2 days)". // "RETENTION_UNIT_OTHER" - For rest of the other category RetentionUnit string `json:"retentionUnit,omitempty"` TimeBasedRetention string `json:"timeBasedRetention,omitempty"` - // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "QuantityBasedRetention") to + // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "DurationBasedRetention") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or // default values are omitted from API requests. See // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-ForceSendFields for more // details. ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"` - // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "QuantityBasedRetention") to + // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "DurationBasedRetention") to // include in API requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields with // empty values are omitted from API requests. See // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-NullFields for more details. @@ -3862,20 +3872,20 @@ func (s SupportedDatabaseFlag) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { // SwitchoverClusterRequest: Message for switching over to a cluster type SwitchoverClusterRequest struct { // RequestId: Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a - // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will - // know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will - // guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, - // consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times - // out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can - // check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if - // so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally - // creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the + // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores + // the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for + // at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a + // situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If + // you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if + // the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, + // ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating + // duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the // exception that zero UUID is not supported // (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). RequestId string `json:"requestId,omitempty"` - // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission - // checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the - // delete. + // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, + // permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually + // execute the create request. ValidateOnly bool `json:"validateOnly,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "RequestId") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or @@ -3982,20 +3992,20 @@ type UpgradeClusterRequest struct { // an ABORTED error will be returned. Etag string `json:"etag,omitempty"` // RequestId: Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a - // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will - // know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will - // guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, - // consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times - // out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can - // check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if - // so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally - // creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the + // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores + // the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for + // at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a + // situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If + // you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if + // the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, + // ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating + // duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the // exception that zero UUID is not supported // (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). RequestId string `json:"requestId,omitempty"` - // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission - // checks and any other type of validation), but does not actually execute the - // upgrade. + // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, + // permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually + // execute the create request. ValidateOnly bool `json:"validateOnly,omitempty"` // Version: Required. The version the cluster is going to be upgraded to. // @@ -4462,13 +4472,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsBackupsCreateCall) BackupId(backupId string) *Projects // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsBackupsCreateCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsBackupsCreateCall { @@ -4593,13 +4603,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsBackupsDeleteCall) Etag(etag string) *ProjectsLocation // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsBackupsDeleteCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsBackupsDeleteCall { @@ -4992,13 +5002,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsBackupsPatchCall) AllowMissing(allowMissing bool) *Pro // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsBackupsPatchCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsBackupsPatchCall { @@ -5134,13 +5144,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreateCall) ClusterId(clusterId string) *Proje // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreateCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreateCall { @@ -5149,8 +5159,8 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreateCall) RequestId(requestId string) *Proje } // ValidateOnly sets the optional parameter "validateOnly": If set, performs -// request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of -// validation), but do not actually execute the create request. +// request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of +// validation, but does not actually execute the create request. func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreateCall) ValidateOnly(validateOnly bool) *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreateCall { c.urlParams_.Set("validateOnly", fmt.Sprint(validateOnly)) return c @@ -5268,13 +5278,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreatesecondaryCall) ClusterId(clusterId strin // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreatesecondaryCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreatesecondaryCall { @@ -5283,8 +5293,8 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreatesecondaryCall) RequestId(requestId strin } // ValidateOnly sets the optional parameter "validateOnly": If set, performs -// request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of -// validation), but do not actually execute the create request. +// request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of +// validation, but does not actually execute the create request. func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreatesecondaryCall) ValidateOnly(validateOnly bool) *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreatesecondaryCall { c.urlParams_.Set("validateOnly", fmt.Sprint(validateOnly)) return c @@ -5407,13 +5417,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersDeleteCall) Force(force bool) *ProjectsLocatio // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersDeleteCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersDeleteCall { @@ -5422,8 +5432,8 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersDeleteCall) RequestId(requestId string) *Proje } // ValidateOnly sets the optional parameter "validateOnly": If set, performs -// request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of -// validation), but do not actually execute the delete. +// request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of +// validation, but does not actually execute the create request. func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersDeleteCall) ValidateOnly(validateOnly bool) *ProjectsLocationsClustersDeleteCall { c.urlParams_.Set("validateOnly", fmt.Sprint(validateOnly)) return c @@ -5833,13 +5843,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersPatchCall) AllowMissing(allowMissing bool) *Pr // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersPatchCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersPatchCall { @@ -5858,8 +5868,8 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersPatchCall) UpdateMask(updateMask string) *Proj } // ValidateOnly sets the optional parameter "validateOnly": If set, performs -// request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of -// validation), but do not actually execute the update request. +// request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of +// validation, but does not actually execute the create request. func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersPatchCall) ValidateOnly(validateOnly bool) *ProjectsLocationsClustersPatchCall { c.urlParams_.Set("validateOnly", fmt.Sprint(validateOnly)) return c @@ -6164,8 +6174,8 @@ type ProjectsLocationsClustersSwitchoverCall struct { header_ http.Header } -// Switchover: Switches the role of PRIMARY and SECONDARY cluster without any -// data loss. This promotes the SECONDARY cluster to PRIMARY and sets up +// Switchover: Switches the roles of PRIMARY and SECONDARY clusters without any +// data loss. This promotes the SECONDARY cluster to PRIMARY and sets up the // original PRIMARY cluster to replicate from this newly promoted cluster. // // - name: The name of the resource. For the required format, see the comment @@ -6389,13 +6399,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreateCall) InstanceId(instanceId str // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreateCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreateCall { @@ -6404,8 +6414,8 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreateCall) RequestId(requestId strin } // ValidateOnly sets the optional parameter "validateOnly": If set, performs -// request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of -// validation), but do not actually execute the create request. +// request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of +// validation, but does not actually execute the create request. func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreateCall) ValidateOnly(validateOnly bool) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreateCall { c.urlParams_.Set("validateOnly", fmt.Sprint(validateOnly)) return c @@ -6523,13 +6533,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreatesecondaryCall) InstanceId(insta // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreatesecondaryCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreatesecondaryCall { @@ -6538,8 +6548,8 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreatesecondaryCall) RequestId(reques } // ValidateOnly sets the optional parameter "validateOnly": If set, performs -// request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of -// validation), but do not actually execute the create request. +// request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of +// validation, but does not actually execute the create request. func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreatesecondaryCall) ValidateOnly(validateOnly bool) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreatesecondaryCall { c.urlParams_.Set("validateOnly", fmt.Sprint(validateOnly)) return c @@ -6655,13 +6665,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesDeleteCall) Etag(etag string) *Projec // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesDeleteCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesDeleteCall { @@ -6670,8 +6680,8 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesDeleteCall) RequestId(requestId strin } // ValidateOnly sets the optional parameter "validateOnly": If set, performs -// request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of -// validation), but do not actually execute the delete. +// request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of +// validation, but does not actually execute the create request. func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesDeleteCall) ValidateOnly(validateOnly bool) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesDeleteCall { c.urlParams_.Set("validateOnly", fmt.Sprint(validateOnly)) return c @@ -7010,13 +7020,13 @@ func (r *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesService) GetConnectionInfo(parent str // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesGetConnectionInfoCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesGetConnectionInfoCall { @@ -7413,13 +7423,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesPatchCall) AllowMissing(allowMissing // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesPatchCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesPatchCall { @@ -7438,8 +7448,8 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesPatchCall) UpdateMask(updateMask stri } // ValidateOnly sets the optional parameter "validateOnly": If set, performs -// request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of -// validation), but do not actually execute the update request. +// request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of +// validation, but does not actually execute the create request. func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesPatchCall) ValidateOnly(validateOnly bool) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesPatchCall { c.urlParams_.Set("validateOnly", fmt.Sprint(validateOnly)) return c @@ -7650,13 +7660,13 @@ func (r *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersService) Create(parent string, user *User // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersCreateCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersCreateCall { @@ -7780,13 +7790,13 @@ func (r *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersService) Delete(name string) *ProjectsLoc // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersDeleteCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersDeleteCall { @@ -8173,13 +8183,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersPatchCall) AllowMissing(allowMissing bool // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersPatchCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersPatchCall { diff --git a/alloydb/v1beta/alloydb-api.json b/alloydb/v1beta/alloydb-api.json index 25ca393c39..1087207094 100644 --- a/alloydb/v1beta/alloydb-api.json +++ b/alloydb/v1beta/alloydb-api.json @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -408,12 +408,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the create request.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -451,12 +451,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the create request.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -499,12 +499,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the delete.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the update request.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ ] }, "switchover": { - "description": "Switches the role of PRIMARY and SECONDARY cluster without any data loss. This promotes the SECONDARY cluster to PRIMARY and sets up original PRIMARY cluster to replicate from this newly promoted cluster.", + "description": "Switches the roles of PRIMARY and SECONDARY clusters without any data loss. This promotes the SECONDARY cluster to PRIMARY and sets up the original PRIMARY cluster to replicate from this newly promoted cluster.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}:switchover", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "alloydb.projects.locations.clusters.switchover", @@ -790,12 +790,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the create request.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -833,12 +833,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the create request.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -876,12 +876,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the delete.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the update request.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1318,7 +1318,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1514,7 +1514,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20240909", + "revision": "20240923", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedNetwork": { @@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@ }, "sslConfig": { "$ref": "SslConfig", - "description": "Optional. SSL config option for this instance." + "description": "Optional. SSL configuration option for this instance." } }, "type": "object" @@ -2030,7 +2030,7 @@ "TRIAL" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "This is an unknown Subscription type (By default, Subscription Type is STANDARD)", + "This is an unknown subscription type. By default, the subscription type is STANDARD.", "Standard subscription.", "Trial subscription." ], @@ -2323,11 +2323,11 @@ "id": "FailoverInstanceRequest", "properties": { "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the failover.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -2453,11 +2453,11 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the fault injection.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -2566,7 +2566,7 @@ }, "networkConfig": { "$ref": "InstanceNetworkConfig", - "description": "Optional. Instance level network configuration." + "description": "Optional. Instance-level network configuration." }, "nodes": { "description": "Output only. List of available read-only VMs in this instance, including the standby for a PRIMARY instance.", @@ -2666,7 +2666,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "InstanceNetworkConfig": { - "description": "Metadata related to instance level network configuration.", + "description": "Metadata related to instance-level network configuration.", "id": "InstanceNetworkConfig", "properties": { "authorizedExternalNetworks": { @@ -3182,11 +3182,11 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the delete.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -3299,18 +3299,18 @@ "id": "RestartInstanceRequest", "properties": { "nodeIds": { - "description": "Optional. Full name of the nodes as obtained from INSTANCE_VIEW_FULL to restart upon. Only applicable for read instances.", + "description": "Optional. Full name of the nodes as obtained from INSTANCE_VIEW_FULL to restart upon. Applicable only to read instances.", "items": { "type": "string" }, "type": "array" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the restart.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -3337,11 +3337,11 @@ "description": "ContinuousBackup source. Continuous backup needs to be enabled in the source cluster for this operation to succeed." }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the import request.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -3393,10 +3393,10 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "SSL mode not specified. Defaults to ENCRYPTED_ONLY.", + "SSL mode is not specified. Defaults to ENCRYPTED_ONLY.", "SSL connections are optional. CA verification not enforced.", "SSL connections are required. CA verification not enforced. Clients may use locally self-signed certificates (default psql client behavior).", - "SSL connections are required. CA verification enforced. Clients must have certificates signed by a Cluster CA, e.g. via GenerateClientCertificate.", + "SSL connections are required. CA verification enforced. Clients must have certificates signed by a Cluster CA, for example, using GenerateClientCertificate.", "SSL connections are optional. CA verification not enforced.", "SSL connections are required. CA verification not enforced." ], @@ -4075,7 +4075,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceMetadata": { - "description": "Common model for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 21", + "description": "Common model for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 22", "id": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceMetadata", "properties": { "availabilityConfiguration": { @@ -4202,6 +4202,10 @@ "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceId", "description": "Identifier for this resource's immediate parent/primary resource if the current resource is a replica or derived form of another Database resource. Else it would be NULL. REQUIRED if the immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested, otherwise optional." }, + "primaryResourceLocation": { + "description": "Primary resource location. REQUIRED if the immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested, otherwise optional.", + "type": "string" + }, "product": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterProtoCommonProduct", "description": "The product this resource represents." @@ -4709,6 +4713,11 @@ "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainRetentionSettings": { "id": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainRetentionSettings", "properties": { + "durationBasedRetention": { + "description": "Duration based retention period i.e. 172800 seconds (2 days)", + "format": "google-duration", + "type": "string" + }, "quantityBasedRetention": { "format": "int32", "type": "integer" @@ -4719,12 +4728,14 @@ "RETENTION_UNIT_UNSPECIFIED", "COUNT", "TIME", + "DURATION", "RETENTION_UNIT_OTHER" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Backup retention unit is unspecified, will be treated as COUNT.", "Retention will be by count, eg. \"retain the most recent 7 backups\".", - "Retention will be by Time, eg. \"retain the last 7 days backups\".", + "Retention will be by Time, eg. \"retain backups till a specific time\" i.e. till 2024-05-01T00:00:00Z.", + "Retention will be by duration, eg. \"retain the backups for 172800 seconds (2 days)\".", "For rest of the other category" ], "type": "string" @@ -4998,11 +5009,11 @@ "id": "SwitchoverClusterRequest", "properties": { "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the delete.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -5077,11 +5088,11 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "type": "string" }, "validateOnly": { - "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of validation), but does not actually execute the upgrade.", + "description": "Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually execute the create request.", "type": "boolean" }, "version": { diff --git a/alloydb/v1beta/alloydb-gen.go b/alloydb/v1beta/alloydb-gen.go index 904a329743..bf9dbb3f54 100644 --- a/alloydb/v1beta/alloydb-gen.go +++ b/alloydb/v1beta/alloydb-gen.go @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ type ClientConnectionConfig struct { // RequireConnectors: Optional. Configuration to enforce connectors only (ex: // AuthProxy) connections to the database. RequireConnectors bool `json:"requireConnectors,omitempty"` - // SslConfig: Optional. SSL config option for this instance. + // SslConfig: Optional. SSL configuration option for this instance. SslConfig *SslConfig `json:"sslConfig,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "RequireConnectors") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or @@ -686,8 +686,8 @@ type Cluster struct { // SubscriptionType: Optional. Subscription type of the cluster. // // Possible values: - // "SUBSCRIPTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED" - This is an unknown Subscription type (By - // default, Subscription Type is STANDARD) + // "SUBSCRIPTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED" - This is an unknown subscription type. By + // default, the subscription type is STANDARD. // "STANDARD" - Standard subscription. // "TRIAL" - Trial subscription. SubscriptionType string `json:"subscriptionType,omitempty"` @@ -999,20 +999,20 @@ func (s EncryptionInfo) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { // FailoverInstanceRequest: Message for triggering failover on an Instance type FailoverInstanceRequest struct { // RequestId: Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a - // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will - // know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will - // guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, - // consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times - // out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can - // check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if - // so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally - // creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the + // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores + // the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for + // at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a + // situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If + // you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if + // the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, + // ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating + // duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the // exception that zero UUID is not supported // (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). RequestId string `json:"requestId,omitempty"` - // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission - // checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the - // failover. + // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, + // permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually + // execute the create request. ValidateOnly bool `json:"validateOnly,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "RequestId") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or @@ -1195,20 +1195,20 @@ type InjectFaultRequest struct { // "STOP_VM" - Stop the VM FaultType string `json:"faultType,omitempty"` // RequestId: Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a - // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will - // know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will - // guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, - // consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times - // out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can - // check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if - // so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally - // creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the + // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores + // the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for + // at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a + // situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If + // you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if + // the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, + // ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating + // duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the // exception that zero UUID is not supported // (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). RequestId string `json:"requestId,omitempty"` - // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission - // checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the - // fault injection. + // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, + // permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually + // execute the create request. ValidateOnly bool `json:"validateOnly,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "FaultType") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or @@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ type Instance struct { // The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: // * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` - // NetworkConfig: Optional. Instance level network configuration. + // NetworkConfig: Optional. Instance-level network configuration. NetworkConfig *InstanceNetworkConfig `json:"networkConfig,omitempty"` // Nodes: Output only. List of available read-only VMs in this instance, // including the standby for a PRIMARY instance. @@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ func (s Instance) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return gensupport.MarshalJSON(NoMethod(s), s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) } -// InstanceNetworkConfig: Metadata related to instance level network +// InstanceNetworkConfig: Metadata related to instance-level network // configuration. type InstanceNetworkConfig struct { // AuthorizedExternalNetworks: Optional. A list of external network authorized @@ -2044,20 +2044,20 @@ type PromoteClusterRequest struct { // an ABORTED error will be returned. Etag string `json:"etag,omitempty"` // RequestId: Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a - // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will - // know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will - // guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, - // consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times - // out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can - // check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if - // so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally - // creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the + // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores + // the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for + // at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a + // situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If + // you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if + // original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will + // ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating + // duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the // exception that zero UUID is not supported // (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). RequestId string `json:"requestId,omitempty"` - // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission - // checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the - // delete. + // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, + // permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually + // execute the create request. ValidateOnly bool `json:"validateOnly,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Etag") to unconditionally // include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or default values are @@ -2245,23 +2245,23 @@ func (s ReadPoolConfig) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { type RestartInstanceRequest struct { // NodeIds: Optional. Full name of the nodes as obtained from - // INSTANCE_VIEW_FULL to restart upon. Only applicable for read instances. + // INSTANCE_VIEW_FULL to restart upon. Applicable only to read instances. NodeIds []string `json:"nodeIds,omitempty"` // RequestId: Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a - // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will - // know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will - // guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, - // consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times - // out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can - // check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if - // so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally - // creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the + // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores + // the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for + // at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a + // situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If + // you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if + // the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, + // ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating + // duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the // exception that zero UUID is not supported // (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). RequestId string `json:"requestId,omitempty"` - // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission - // checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the - // restart. + // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, + // permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually + // execute the create request. ValidateOnly bool `json:"validateOnly,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "NodeIds") to unconditionally // include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or default values are @@ -2294,20 +2294,20 @@ type RestoreClusterRequest struct { // be enabled in the source cluster for this operation to succeed. ContinuousBackupSource *ContinuousBackupSource `json:"continuousBackupSource,omitempty"` // RequestId: Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a - // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will - // know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will - // guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, - // consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times - // out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can - // check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if - // so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally - // creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the + // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores + // the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for + // at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a + // situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If + // you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if + // the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, + // ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating + // duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the // exception that zero UUID is not supported // (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). RequestId string `json:"requestId,omitempty"` - // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission - // checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the - // import request. + // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, + // permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually + // execute the create request. ValidateOnly bool `json:"validateOnly,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "BackupSource") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or @@ -2366,7 +2366,7 @@ type SslConfig struct { // behavior. // // Possible values: - // "SSL_MODE_UNSPECIFIED" - SSL mode not specified. Defaults to + // "SSL_MODE_UNSPECIFIED" - SSL mode is not specified. Defaults to // ENCRYPTED_ONLY. // "SSL_MODE_ALLOW" - SSL connections are optional. CA verification not // enforced. @@ -2374,8 +2374,8 @@ type SslConfig struct { // enforced. Clients may use locally self-signed certificates (default psql // client behavior). // "SSL_MODE_VERIFY_CA" - SSL connections are required. CA verification - // enforced. Clients must have certificates signed by a Cluster CA, e.g. via - // GenerateClientCertificate. + // enforced. Clients must have certificates signed by a Cluster CA, for + // example, using GenerateClientCertificate. // "ALLOW_UNENCRYPTED_AND_ENCRYPTED" - SSL connections are optional. CA // verification not enforced. // "ENCRYPTED_ONLY" - SSL connections are required. CA verification not @@ -3030,7 +3030,7 @@ func (s StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceId) MarshalJSON() ( } // StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceMetadata: Common model -// for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 21 +// for database resource instance metadata. Next ID: 22 type StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceMetadata struct { // AvailabilityConfiguration: Availability configuration for this instance AvailabilityConfiguration *StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainAvailabilityConfiguration `json:"availabilityConfiguration,omitempty"` @@ -3095,6 +3095,10 @@ type StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceMetadata struct { // Database resource. Else it would be NULL. REQUIRED if the immediate parent // exists when first time resource is getting ingested, otherwise optional. PrimaryResourceId *StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainDatabaseResourceId `json:"primaryResourceId,omitempty"` + // PrimaryResourceLocation: Primary resource location. REQUIRED if the + // immediate parent exists when first time resource is getting ingested, + // otherwise optional. + PrimaryResourceLocation string `json:"primaryResourceLocation,omitempty"` // Product: The product this resource represents. Product *StorageDatabasecenterProtoCommonProduct `json:"product,omitempty"` // ResourceContainer: Closest parent Cloud Resource Manager container of this @@ -3573,7 +3577,10 @@ func (s StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainOperationError) MarshalJSON() ([]by } type StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainRetentionSettings struct { - QuantityBasedRetention int64 `json:"quantityBasedRetention,omitempty"` + // DurationBasedRetention: Duration based retention period i.e. 172800 seconds + // (2 days) + DurationBasedRetention string `json:"durationBasedRetention,omitempty"` + QuantityBasedRetention int64 `json:"quantityBasedRetention,omitempty"` // RetentionUnit: The unit that 'retained_backups' represents. // // Possible values: @@ -3581,17 +3588,20 @@ type StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainRetentionSettings struct { // be treated as COUNT. // "COUNT" - Retention will be by count, eg. "retain the most recent 7 // backups". - // "TIME" - Retention will be by Time, eg. "retain the last 7 days backups". + // "TIME" - Retention will be by Time, eg. "retain backups till a specific + // time" i.e. till 2024-05-01T00:00:00Z. + // "DURATION" - Retention will be by duration, eg. "retain the backups for + // 172800 seconds (2 days)". // "RETENTION_UNIT_OTHER" - For rest of the other category RetentionUnit string `json:"retentionUnit,omitempty"` TimeBasedRetention string `json:"timeBasedRetention,omitempty"` - // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "QuantityBasedRetention") to + // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "DurationBasedRetention") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or // default values are omitted from API requests. See // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-ForceSendFields for more // details. ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"` - // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "QuantityBasedRetention") to + // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "DurationBasedRetention") to // include in API requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields with // empty values are omitted from API requests. See // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-NullFields for more details. @@ -3852,20 +3862,20 @@ func (s SupportedDatabaseFlag) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { // SwitchoverClusterRequest: Message for switching over to a cluster type SwitchoverClusterRequest struct { // RequestId: Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a - // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will - // know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will - // guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, - // consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times - // out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can - // check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if - // so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally - // creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the + // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores + // the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for + // at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a + // situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If + // you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if + // the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, + // ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating + // duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the // exception that zero UUID is not supported // (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). RequestId string `json:"requestId,omitempty"` - // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission - // checks and any other type of validation), but do not actually execute the - // delete. + // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, + // permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually + // execute the create request. ValidateOnly bool `json:"validateOnly,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "RequestId") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or @@ -3972,20 +3982,20 @@ type UpgradeClusterRequest struct { // an ABORTED error will be returned. Etag string `json:"etag,omitempty"` // RequestId: Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a - // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will - // know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will - // guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, - // consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times - // out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can - // check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if - // so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally - // creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the + // unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server ignores + // the request if it has already been completed. The server guarantees that for + // at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a + // situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If + // you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if + // the original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, + // ignores the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating + // duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the // exception that zero UUID is not supported // (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). RequestId string `json:"requestId,omitempty"` - // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation (e.g. permission - // checks and any other type of validation), but does not actually execute the - // upgrade. + // ValidateOnly: Optional. If set, performs request validation, for example, + // permission checks and any other type of validation, but does not actually + // execute the create request. ValidateOnly bool `json:"validateOnly,omitempty"` // Version: Required. The version the cluster is going to be upgraded to. // @@ -4452,13 +4462,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsBackupsCreateCall) BackupId(backupId string) *Projects // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsBackupsCreateCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsBackupsCreateCall { @@ -4583,13 +4593,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsBackupsDeleteCall) Etag(etag string) *ProjectsLocation // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsBackupsDeleteCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsBackupsDeleteCall { @@ -4982,13 +4992,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsBackupsPatchCall) AllowMissing(allowMissing bool) *Pro // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsBackupsPatchCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsBackupsPatchCall { @@ -5124,13 +5134,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreateCall) ClusterId(clusterId string) *Proje // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreateCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreateCall { @@ -5139,8 +5149,8 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreateCall) RequestId(requestId string) *Proje } // ValidateOnly sets the optional parameter "validateOnly": If set, performs -// request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of -// validation), but do not actually execute the create request. +// request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of +// validation, but does not actually execute the create request. func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreateCall) ValidateOnly(validateOnly bool) *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreateCall { c.urlParams_.Set("validateOnly", fmt.Sprint(validateOnly)) return c @@ -5258,13 +5268,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreatesecondaryCall) ClusterId(clusterId strin // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreatesecondaryCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreatesecondaryCall { @@ -5273,8 +5283,8 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreatesecondaryCall) RequestId(requestId strin } // ValidateOnly sets the optional parameter "validateOnly": If set, performs -// request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of -// validation), but do not actually execute the create request. +// request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of +// validation, but does not actually execute the create request. func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreatesecondaryCall) ValidateOnly(validateOnly bool) *ProjectsLocationsClustersCreatesecondaryCall { c.urlParams_.Set("validateOnly", fmt.Sprint(validateOnly)) return c @@ -5397,13 +5407,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersDeleteCall) Force(force bool) *ProjectsLocatio // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersDeleteCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersDeleteCall { @@ -5412,8 +5422,8 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersDeleteCall) RequestId(requestId string) *Proje } // ValidateOnly sets the optional parameter "validateOnly": If set, performs -// request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of -// validation), but do not actually execute the delete. +// request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of +// validation, but does not actually execute the create request. func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersDeleteCall) ValidateOnly(validateOnly bool) *ProjectsLocationsClustersDeleteCall { c.urlParams_.Set("validateOnly", fmt.Sprint(validateOnly)) return c @@ -5823,13 +5833,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersPatchCall) AllowMissing(allowMissing bool) *Pr // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersPatchCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersPatchCall { @@ -5848,8 +5858,8 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersPatchCall) UpdateMask(updateMask string) *Proj } // ValidateOnly sets the optional parameter "validateOnly": If set, performs -// request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of -// validation), but do not actually execute the update request. +// request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of +// validation, but does not actually execute the create request. func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersPatchCall) ValidateOnly(validateOnly bool) *ProjectsLocationsClustersPatchCall { c.urlParams_.Set("validateOnly", fmt.Sprint(validateOnly)) return c @@ -6154,8 +6164,8 @@ type ProjectsLocationsClustersSwitchoverCall struct { header_ http.Header } -// Switchover: Switches the role of PRIMARY and SECONDARY cluster without any -// data loss. This promotes the SECONDARY cluster to PRIMARY and sets up +// Switchover: Switches the roles of PRIMARY and SECONDARY clusters without any +// data loss. This promotes the SECONDARY cluster to PRIMARY and sets up the // original PRIMARY cluster to replicate from this newly promoted cluster. // // - name: The name of the resource. For the required format, see the comment @@ -6379,13 +6389,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreateCall) InstanceId(instanceId str // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreateCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreateCall { @@ -6394,8 +6404,8 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreateCall) RequestId(requestId strin } // ValidateOnly sets the optional parameter "validateOnly": If set, performs -// request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of -// validation), but do not actually execute the create request. +// request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of +// validation, but does not actually execute the create request. func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreateCall) ValidateOnly(validateOnly bool) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreateCall { c.urlParams_.Set("validateOnly", fmt.Sprint(validateOnly)) return c @@ -6513,13 +6523,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreatesecondaryCall) InstanceId(insta // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreatesecondaryCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreatesecondaryCall { @@ -6528,8 +6538,8 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreatesecondaryCall) RequestId(reques } // ValidateOnly sets the optional parameter "validateOnly": If set, performs -// request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of -// validation), but do not actually execute the create request. +// request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of +// validation, but does not actually execute the create request. func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreatesecondaryCall) ValidateOnly(validateOnly bool) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesCreatesecondaryCall { c.urlParams_.Set("validateOnly", fmt.Sprint(validateOnly)) return c @@ -6645,13 +6655,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesDeleteCall) Etag(etag string) *Projec // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesDeleteCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesDeleteCall { @@ -6660,8 +6670,8 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesDeleteCall) RequestId(requestId strin } // ValidateOnly sets the optional parameter "validateOnly": If set, performs -// request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of -// validation), but do not actually execute the delete. +// request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of +// validation, but does not actually execute the create request. func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesDeleteCall) ValidateOnly(validateOnly bool) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesDeleteCall { c.urlParams_.Set("validateOnly", fmt.Sprint(validateOnly)) return c @@ -7000,13 +7010,13 @@ func (r *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesService) GetConnectionInfo(parent str // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesGetConnectionInfoCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesGetConnectionInfoCall { @@ -7403,13 +7413,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesPatchCall) AllowMissing(allowMissing // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesPatchCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesPatchCall { @@ -7428,8 +7438,8 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesPatchCall) UpdateMask(updateMask stri } // ValidateOnly sets the optional parameter "validateOnly": If set, performs -// request validation (e.g. permission checks and any other type of -// validation), but do not actually execute the update request. +// request validation, for example, permission checks and any other type of +// validation, but does not actually execute the create request. func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesPatchCall) ValidateOnly(validateOnly bool) *ProjectsLocationsClustersInstancesPatchCall { c.urlParams_.Set("validateOnly", fmt.Sprint(validateOnly)) return c @@ -7640,13 +7650,13 @@ func (r *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersService) Create(parent string, user *User // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersCreateCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersCreateCall { @@ -7770,13 +7780,13 @@ func (r *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersService) Delete(name string) *ProjectsLoc // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersDeleteCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersDeleteCall { @@ -8163,13 +8173,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersPatchCall) AllowMissing(allowMissing bool // RequestId sets the optional parameter "requestId": An optional request ID to // identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry -// your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already -// been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since -// the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an -// initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again -// with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with -// the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. -// This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The +// your request, the server ignores the request if it has already been +// completed. The server guarantees that for at least 60 minutes since the +// first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial +// request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the +// same request ID, the server can check if the original operation with the +// same request ID was received, and if so, ignores the second request. This +// prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The // request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not // supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). func (c *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersPatchCall) RequestId(requestId string) *ProjectsLocationsClustersUsersPatchCall { diff --git a/analyticshub/v1/analyticshub-api.json b/analyticshub/v1/analyticshub-api.json index 88fd7abd19..062d270204 100644 --- a/analyticshub/v1/analyticshub-api.json +++ b/analyticshub/v1/analyticshub-api.json @@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20240826", + "revision": "20240925", "rootUrl": "https://analyticshub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyticsHubSubscriptionInfo": { @@ -1555,7 +1555,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "messageRetentionDuration": { - "description": "Optional. How long to retain unacknowledged messages in the subscription's backlog, from the moment a message is published. If `retain_acked_messages` is true, then this also configures the retention of acknowledged messages, and thus configures how far back in time a `Seek` can be done. Defaults to 7 days. Cannot be more than 7 days or less than 10 minutes.", + "description": "Optional. How long to retain unacknowledged messages in the subscription's backlog, from the moment a message is published. If `retain_acked_messages` is true, then this also configures the retention of acknowledged messages, and thus configures how far back in time a `Seek` can be done. Defaults to 7 days. Cannot be more than 31 days or less than 10 minutes.", "format": "google-duration", "type": "string" }, diff --git a/analyticshub/v1/analyticshub-gen.go b/analyticshub/v1/analyticshub-gen.go index 0daaa62c27..9c26966366 100644 --- a/analyticshub/v1/analyticshub-gen.go +++ b/analyticshub/v1/analyticshub-gen.go @@ -1157,8 +1157,8 @@ type GooglePubsubV1Subscription struct { // messages in the subscription's backlog, from the moment a message is // published. If `retain_acked_messages` is true, then this also configures the // retention of acknowledged messages, and thus configures how far back in time - // a `Seek` can be done. Defaults to 7 days. Cannot be more than 7 days or less - // than 10 minutes. + // a `Seek` can be done. Defaults to 7 days. Cannot be more than 31 days or + // less than 10 minutes. MessageRetentionDuration string `json:"messageRetentionDuration,omitempty"` // Name: Required. Name of the subscription. Format is // `projects/{project}/subscriptions/{sub}`. diff --git a/artifactregistry/v1/artifactregistry-api.json b/artifactregistry/v1/artifactregistry-api.json index 792e14fe09..23de7ab35f 100644 --- a/artifactregistry/v1/artifactregistry-api.json +++ b/artifactregistry/v1/artifactregistry-api.json @@ -881,6 +881,136 @@ } } }, + "attachments": { + "methods": { + "create": { + "description": "Creates an attachment. The returned Operation will finish once the attachment has been created. Its response will be the created Attachment.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/attachments", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.attachments.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "attachmentId": { + "description": "Required. The attachment id to use for this attachment.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The name of the parent resource where the attachment will be created.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}/attachments", + "request": { + "$ref": "Attachment" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes an attachment. The returned Operation will finish once the attachments has been deleted. It will not have any Operation metadata and will return a google.protobuf.Empty response.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/attachments/{attachmentsId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.attachments.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The name of the attachment to delete.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/attachments/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Gets an attachment.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/attachments/{attachmentsId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.attachments.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The name of the attachment to retrieve.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/attachments/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "Attachment" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "Lists repositories.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/attachments", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.attachments.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "filter": { + "description": "Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. Filter rules are case insensitive. The fields eligible for filtering are: * `target` * `type` * `attachment_namespace`", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "pageSize": { + "description": "The maximum number of attachments to return. Maximum page size is 1,000.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request, if any.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The name of the parent resource whose attachments will be listed.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}/attachments", + "response": { + "$ref": "ListAttachmentsResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" + ] + } + } + }, "dockerImages": { "methods": { "get": { @@ -1080,6 +1210,84 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Updates a file.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/files/{filesId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.files.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "The name of the file, for example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/files/a%2Fb%2Fc.txt`. If the file ID part contains slashes, they are escaped.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/files/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "Required. The update mask applies to the resource. For the `FieldMask` definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1File" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1File" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "upload": { + "description": "Directly uploads a File to a repository. The returned Operation will complete once the resources are uploaded.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/files:upload", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.files.upload", + "mediaUpload": { + "accept": [ + "*/*" + ], + "protocols": { + "resumable": { + "multipart": true, + "path": "/resumable/upload/v1/{+parent}/files:upload" + }, + "simple": { + "multipart": true, + "path": "/upload/v1/{+parent}/files:upload" + } + } + }, + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the repository where the file will be uploaded.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}/files:upload", + "request": { + "$ref": "UploadFileRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "UploadFileMediaResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ], + "supportsMediaUpload": true } } }, @@ -1887,6 +2095,40 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Updates a version.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/packages/{packagesId}/versions/{versionsId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "The name of the version, for example: \"projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/versions/art1\". If the package or version ID parts contain slashes, the slashes are escaped.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/packages/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "The update mask applies to the resource. For the `FieldMask` definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "Version" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "Version" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] } } } @@ -1959,6 +2201,165 @@ } } }, + "rules": { + "methods": { + "create": { + "description": "Creates a rule.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/rules", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.rules.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The name of the parent resource where the rule will be created.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "ruleId": { + "description": "The rule id to use for this repository.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}/rules", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes a rule.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/rules/{rulesId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.rules.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The name of the rule to delete.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/rules/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "Empty" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Gets a rule.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/rules/{rulesId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.rules.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The name of the rule to retrieve.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/rules/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "Lists rules.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/rules", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.rules.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "pageSize": { + "description": "The maximum number of rules to return. Maximum page size is 1,000.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request, if any.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The name of the parent repository whose rules will be listed. For example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}/rules", + "response": { + "$ref": "ListRulesResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only" + ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Updates a rule.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories/{repositoriesId}/rules/{rulesId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.rules.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "The name of the rule, for example: \"projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/rules/rule1\".", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+/rules/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "The update mask applies to the resource. For the `FieldMask` definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + }, "yumArtifacts": { "methods": { "import": { @@ -2038,7 +2439,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20240903", + "revision": "20240923", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptArtifact": { @@ -2104,6 +2505,60 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "Attachment": { + "description": "An Attachment refers to additional metadata that can be attached to artifacts in ArtifactRegistry. An attachment consists of one or more files.", + "id": "Attachment", + "properties": { + "annotations": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": "Optional. User annotations. These attributes can only be set and used by the user, and not by Artifact Registry. See https://google.aip.dev/128#annotations for more details such as format and size limitations. Client specified annotations.", + "type": "object" + }, + "attachmentNamespace": { + "description": "The namespace this attachment belongs to. E.g. If an Attachment is created by artifact analysis, namespace is set to artifactanalysis.googleapis.com.", + "type": "string" + }, + "createTime": { + "description": "Output only. The time when the attachment was created.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "files": { + "description": "Required. The files that blong to this Attachment. If the file ID part contains slashes, they are escaped. E.g. \"projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/files/sha:\".", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "name": { + "description": "The name of the attachment. E.g. \"projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/repo/attachments/sbom\".", + "type": "string" + }, + "ociVersionName": { + "description": "Output only. The name of the OCI version that this attachment created. Only populated for Docker attachments. E.g. \"projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/p1/versions/v1\".", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "target": { + "description": "Required. The target the attachment is for, can be a Version, Package or Repository. E.g. \"projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/p1/versions/v1\".", + "type": "string" + }, + "type": { + "description": "Type of Attachment. E.g. application/vnd.spdx+jsonn", + "type": "string" + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Output only. The time when the attachment was last updated.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "BatchDeleteVersionsMetadata": { "description": "The metadata of an LRO from deleting multiple versions.", "id": "BatchDeleteVersionsMetadata", @@ -2471,6 +2926,13 @@ "description": "Files store content that is potentially associated with Packages or Versions.", "id": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1File", "properties": { + "annotations": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": "Optional. Client specified annotations.", + "type": "object" + }, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. The time when the File was created.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -2638,6 +3100,50 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule": { + "description": "A Rule applies to repository or package level. It defines the deny or allow action of the operation when the conditions in the rule are met.", + "id": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule", + "properties": { + "action": { + "description": "The action this rule makes.", + "enum": [ + "ACTION_UNSPECIFIED", + "ALLOW", + "DENY" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Action not specified.", + "Allow the operation.", + "Deny the operation." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "condition": { + "$ref": "Expr", + "description": "Optional. The condition of the rule in CEL expression. If not provided, the rule matches all the objects." + }, + "name": { + "description": "The name of the rule, for example: \"projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/rules/rule1\".", + "type": "string" + }, + "operation": { + "enum": [ + "OPERATION_UNSPECIFIED", + "DOWNLOAD" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Operation not specified.", + "Download operation." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "packageId": { + "description": "The package ID the rule applies to. If empty, this rule applies to all the packages inside the repository.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "Hash": { "description": "A hash of file content.", "id": "Hash", @@ -2893,6 +3399,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ListAttachmentsResponse": { + "description": "The response from listing attachments.", + "id": "ListAttachmentsResponse", + "properties": { + "attachments": { + "description": "The Attachments returned.", + "items": { + "$ref": "Attachment" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "The token to retrieve the next page of attachments, or empty if there are no more attachments to return.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ListDockerImagesResponse": { "description": "The response from listing docker images.", "id": "ListDockerImagesResponse", @@ -3037,6 +3561,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ListRulesResponse": { + "description": "The response from listing rules.", + "id": "ListRulesResponse", + "properties": { + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "The token to retrieve the next page of rules, or empty if there are no more rules to return.", + "type": "string" + }, + "rules": { + "description": "The rules returned.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ListTagsResponse": { "description": "The response from listing tags.", "id": "ListTagsResponse", @@ -3760,6 +4302,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "UploadFileMediaResponse": { + "description": "The response to upload a generic artifact.", + "id": "UploadFileMediaResponse", + "properties": { + "operation": { + "$ref": "Operation", + "description": "Operation that will be returned to the user." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "UploadFileRequest": { + "description": "The request to upload a file.", + "id": "UploadFileRequest", + "properties": { + "fileId": { + "description": "Optional. The ID of the file. If left empty will default to sha256 digest of the content uploaded.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "UploadGenericArtifactMediaResponse": { "description": "The response to upload a generic artifact.", "id": "UploadGenericArtifactMediaResponse", @@ -4003,6 +4567,13 @@ "description": "The body of a version resource. A version resource represents a collection of components, such as files and other data. This may correspond to a version in many package management schemes.", "id": "Version", "properties": { + "annotations": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": "Optional. Client specified annotations.", + "type": "object" + }, "createTime": { "description": "The time when the version was created.", "format": "google-datetime", diff --git a/artifactregistry/v1/artifactregistry-gen.go b/artifactregistry/v1/artifactregistry-gen.go index b77d4d10e0..0406f59e5e 100644 --- a/artifactregistry/v1/artifactregistry-gen.go +++ b/artifactregistry/v1/artifactregistry-gen.go @@ -203,6 +203,7 @@ type ProjectsLocationsOperationsService struct { func NewProjectsLocationsRepositoriesService(s *Service) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesService { rs := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesService{s: s} rs.AptArtifacts = NewProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAptArtifactsService(s) + rs.Attachments = NewProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsService(s) rs.DockerImages = NewProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesService(s) rs.Files = NewProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesService(s) rs.GenericArtifacts = NewProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsService(s) @@ -213,6 +214,7 @@ func NewProjectsLocationsRepositoriesService(s *Service) *ProjectsLocationsRepos rs.NpmPackages = NewProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesService(s) rs.Packages = NewProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesService(s) rs.PythonPackages = NewProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesService(s) + rs.Rules = NewProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesService(s) rs.YumArtifacts = NewProjectsLocationsRepositoriesYumArtifactsService(s) return rs } @@ -222,6 +224,8 @@ type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesService struct { AptArtifacts *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAptArtifactsService + Attachments *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsService + DockerImages *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesService Files *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesService @@ -242,6 +246,8 @@ type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesService struct { PythonPackages *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesService + Rules *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesService + YumArtifacts *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesYumArtifactsService } @@ -254,6 +260,15 @@ type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAptArtifactsService struct { s *Service } +func NewProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsService(s *Service) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsService { + rs := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsService{s: s} + return rs +} + +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsService struct { + s *Service +} + func NewProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesService(s *Service) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesService { rs := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesService{s: s} return rs @@ -368,6 +383,15 @@ type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesService struct { s *Service } +func NewProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesService(s *Service) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesService { + rs := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesService{s: s} + return rs +} + +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesService struct { + s *Service +} + func NewProjectsLocationsRepositoriesYumArtifactsService(s *Service) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesYumArtifactsService { rs := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesYumArtifactsService{s: s} return rs @@ -441,6 +465,63 @@ func (s AptRepository) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return gensupport.MarshalJSON(NoMethod(s), s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) } +// Attachment: An Attachment refers to additional metadata that can be attached +// to artifacts in ArtifactRegistry. An attachment consists of one or more +// files. +type Attachment struct { + // Annotations: Optional. User annotations. These attributes can only be set + // and used by the user, and not by Artifact Registry. See + // https://google.aip.dev/128#annotations for more details such as format and + // size limitations. Client specified annotations. + Annotations map[string]string `json:"annotations,omitempty"` + // AttachmentNamespace: The namespace this attachment belongs to. E.g. If an + // Attachment is created by artifact analysis, namespace is set to + // artifactanalysis.googleapis.com. + AttachmentNamespace string `json:"attachmentNamespace,omitempty"` + // CreateTime: Output only. The time when the attachment was created. + CreateTime string `json:"createTime,omitempty"` + // Files: Required. The files that blong to this Attachment. If the file ID + // part contains slashes, they are escaped. E.g. + // "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/files/sha:". + Files []string `json:"files,omitempty"` + // Name: The name of the attachment. E.g. + // "projects/p1/locations/us/repositories/repo/attachments/sbom". + Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // OciVersionName: Output only. The name of the OCI version that this + // attachment created. Only populated for Docker attachments. E.g. + // "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + // ". + OciVersionName string `json:"ociVersionName,omitempty"` + // Target: Required. The target the attachment is for, can be a Version, + // Package or Repository. E.g. + // "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/p1/versions/v1 + // ". + Target string `json:"target,omitempty"` + // Type: Type of Attachment. E.g. application/vnd.spdx+jsonn + Type string `json:"type,omitempty"` + // UpdateTime: Output only. The time when the attachment was last updated. + UpdateTime string `json:"updateTime,omitempty"` + + // ServerResponse contains the HTTP response code and headers from the server. + googleapi.ServerResponse `json:"-"` + // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Annotations") to + // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or + // default values are omitted from API requests. See + // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-ForceSendFields for more + // details. + ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"` + // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Annotations") to include in API + // requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields with empty values are + // omitted from API requests. See + // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-NullFields for more details. + NullFields []string `json:"-"` +} + +func (s Attachment) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + type NoMethod Attachment + return gensupport.MarshalJSON(NoMethod(s), s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) +} + // BatchDeleteVersionsMetadata: The metadata of an LRO from deleting multiple // versions. type BatchDeleteVersionsMetadata struct { @@ -982,6 +1063,8 @@ func (s GoogetArtifact) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { // GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1File: Files store content that is // potentially associated with Packages or Versions. type GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1File struct { + // Annotations: Optional. Client specified annotations. + Annotations map[string]string `json:"annotations,omitempty"` // CreateTime: Output only. The time when the File was created. CreateTime string `json:"createTime,omitempty"` // FetchTime: Output only. The time when the last attempt to refresh the file's @@ -1002,13 +1085,13 @@ type GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1File struct { // ServerResponse contains the HTTP response code and headers from the server. googleapi.ServerResponse `json:"-"` - // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "CreateTime") to + // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Annotations") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or // default values are omitted from API requests. See // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-ForceSendFields for more // details. ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"` - // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "CreateTime") to include in API + // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Annotations") to include in API // requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields with empty values are // omitted from API requests. See // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-NullFields for more details. @@ -1233,6 +1316,51 @@ func (s GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1RemoteRepositoryConfigYumRepositoryPubli return gensupport.MarshalJSON(NoMethod(s), s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) } +// GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule: A Rule applies to repository or +// package level. It defines the deny or allow action of the operation when the +// conditions in the rule are met. +type GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule struct { + // Action: The action this rule makes. + // + // Possible values: + // "ACTION_UNSPECIFIED" - Action not specified. + // "ALLOW" - Allow the operation. + // "DENY" - Deny the operation. + Action string `json:"action,omitempty"` + // Condition: Optional. The condition of the rule in CEL expression. If not + // provided, the rule matches all the objects. + Condition *Expr `json:"condition,omitempty"` + // Name: The name of the rule, for example: + // "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/rules/rule1". + Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` + // Possible values: + // "OPERATION_UNSPECIFIED" - Operation not specified. + // "DOWNLOAD" - Download operation. + Operation string `json:"operation,omitempty"` + // PackageId: The package ID the rule applies to. If empty, this rule applies + // to all the packages inside the repository. + PackageId string `json:"packageId,omitempty"` + + // ServerResponse contains the HTTP response code and headers from the server. + googleapi.ServerResponse `json:"-"` + // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Action") to unconditionally + // include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or default values are + // omitted from API requests. See + // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-ForceSendFields for more + // details. + ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"` + // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Action") to include in API + // requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields with empty values are + // omitted from API requests. See + // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-NullFields for more details. + NullFields []string `json:"-"` +} + +func (s GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + type NoMethod GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule + return gensupport.MarshalJSON(NoMethod(s), s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) +} + // Hash: A hash of file content. type Hash struct { // Type: The algorithm used to compute the hash value. @@ -1598,6 +1726,34 @@ func (s KfpArtifact) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return gensupport.MarshalJSON(NoMethod(s), s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) } +// ListAttachmentsResponse: The response from listing attachments. +type ListAttachmentsResponse struct { + // Attachments: The Attachments returned. + Attachments []*Attachment `json:"attachments,omitempty"` + // NextPageToken: The token to retrieve the next page of attachments, or empty + // if there are no more attachments to return. + NextPageToken string `json:"nextPageToken,omitempty"` + + // ServerResponse contains the HTTP response code and headers from the server. + googleapi.ServerResponse `json:"-"` + // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Attachments") to + // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or + // default values are omitted from API requests. See + // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-ForceSendFields for more + // details. + ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"` + // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Attachments") to include in API + // requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields with empty values are + // omitted from API requests. See + // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-NullFields for more details. + NullFields []string `json:"-"` +} + +func (s ListAttachmentsResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + type NoMethod ListAttachmentsResponse + return gensupport.MarshalJSON(NoMethod(s), s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) +} + // ListDockerImagesResponse: The response from listing docker images. type ListDockerImagesResponse struct { // DockerImages: The docker images returned. @@ -1822,6 +1978,34 @@ func (s ListRepositoriesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return gensupport.MarshalJSON(NoMethod(s), s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) } +// ListRulesResponse: The response from listing rules. +type ListRulesResponse struct { + // NextPageToken: The token to retrieve the next page of rules, or empty if + // there are no more rules to return. + NextPageToken string `json:"nextPageToken,omitempty"` + // Rules: The rules returned. + Rules []*GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule `json:"rules,omitempty"` + + // ServerResponse contains the HTTP response code and headers from the server. + googleapi.ServerResponse `json:"-"` + // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "NextPageToken") to + // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or + // default values are omitted from API requests. See + // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-ForceSendFields for more + // details. + ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"` + // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "NextPageToken") to include in API + // requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields with empty values are + // omitted from API requests. See + // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-NullFields for more details. + NullFields []string `json:"-"` +} + +func (s ListRulesResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + type NoMethod ListRulesResponse + return gensupport.MarshalJSON(NoMethod(s), s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) +} + // ListTagsResponse: The response from listing tags. type ListTagsResponse struct { // NextPageToken: The token to retrieve the next page of tags, or empty if @@ -2742,6 +2926,54 @@ func (s UploadAptArtifactResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return gensupport.MarshalJSON(NoMethod(s), s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) } +// UploadFileMediaResponse: The response to upload a generic artifact. +type UploadFileMediaResponse struct { + // Operation: Operation that will be returned to the user. + Operation *Operation `json:"operation,omitempty"` + + // ServerResponse contains the HTTP response code and headers from the server. + googleapi.ServerResponse `json:"-"` + // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Operation") to + // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or + // default values are omitted from API requests. See + // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-ForceSendFields for more + // details. + ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"` + // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Operation") to include in API + // requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields with empty values are + // omitted from API requests. See + // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-NullFields for more details. + NullFields []string `json:"-"` +} + +func (s UploadFileMediaResponse) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + type NoMethod UploadFileMediaResponse + return gensupport.MarshalJSON(NoMethod(s), s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) +} + +// UploadFileRequest: The request to upload a file. +type UploadFileRequest struct { + // FileId: Optional. The ID of the file. If left empty will default to sha256 + // digest of the content uploaded. + FileId string `json:"fileId,omitempty"` + // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "FileId") to unconditionally + // include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or default values are + // omitted from API requests. See + // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-ForceSendFields for more + // details. + ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"` + // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "FileId") to include in API + // requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields with empty values are + // omitted from API requests. See + // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-NullFields for more details. + NullFields []string `json:"-"` +} + +func (s UploadFileRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + type NoMethod UploadFileRequest + return gensupport.MarshalJSON(NoMethod(s), s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) +} + // UploadGenericArtifactMediaResponse: The response to upload a generic // artifact. type UploadGenericArtifactMediaResponse struct { @@ -3133,6 +3365,8 @@ func (s VPCSCConfig) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { // collection of components, such as files and other data. This may correspond // to a version in many package management schemes. type Version struct { + // Annotations: Optional. Client specified annotations. + Annotations map[string]string `json:"annotations,omitempty"` // CreateTime: The time when the version was created. CreateTime string `json:"createTime,omitempty"` // Description: Optional. Description of the version, as specified in its @@ -3156,13 +3390,13 @@ type Version struct { // ServerResponse contains the HTTP response code and headers from the server. googleapi.ServerResponse `json:"-"` - // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "CreateTime") to + // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Annotations") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or // default values are omitted from API requests. See // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-ForceSendFields for more // details. ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"` - // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "CreateTime") to include in API + // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Annotations") to include in API // requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields with empty values are // omitted from API requests. See // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-NullFields for more details. @@ -5266,82 +5500,85 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAptArtifactsUploadCall) Do(opts ...googlea return ret, nil } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall struct { - s *Service - name string - urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams - ifNoneMatch_ string - ctx_ context.Context - header_ http.Header +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsCreateCall struct { + s *Service + parent string + attachment *Attachment + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header } -// Get: Gets a docker image. +// Create: Creates an attachment. The returned Operation will finish once the +// attachment has been created. Its response will be the created Attachment. // -// - name: The name of the docker images. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesService) Get(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} - c.name = name +// - parent: The name of the parent resource where the attachment will be +// created. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsService) Create(parent string, attachment *Attachment) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsCreateCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsCreateCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.parent = parent + c.attachment = attachment + return c +} + +// AttachmentId sets the optional parameter "attachmentId": Required. The +// attachment id to use for this attachment. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsCreateCall) AttachmentId(attachmentId string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsCreateCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("attachmentId", attachmentId) return c } // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsCreateCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsCreateCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } -// IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the -// object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates -// only after the object has changed since the last request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall { - c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag - return c -} - // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsCreateCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsCreateCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsCreateCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { - reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) - if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { - reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) - } +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsCreateCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "application/json", c.header_) var body io.Reader = nil + body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.attachment) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") - urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+name}") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/attachments") urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() - req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) + req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", urls, body) if err != nil { return nil, err } req.Header = reqHeaders googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ - "name": c.name, + "parent": c.parent, }) return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.dockerImages.get" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.attachments.create" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *DockerImage.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in +// *Operation.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in // error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check // whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*DockerImage, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsCreateCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Operation, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -5360,7 +5597,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi. if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &DockerImage{ + ret := &Operation{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -5373,105 +5610,72 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi. return ret, nil } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall struct { - s *Service - parent string - urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams - ifNoneMatch_ string - ctx_ context.Context - header_ http.Header +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsDeleteCall struct { + s *Service + name string + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header } -// List: Lists docker images. +// Delete: Deletes an attachment. The returned Operation will finish once the +// attachments has been deleted. It will not have any Operation metadata and +// will return a google.protobuf.Empty response. // -// - parent: The name of the parent resource whose docker images will be -// listed. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesService) List(parent string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} - c.parent = parent - return c -} - -// OrderBy sets the optional parameter "orderBy": The field to order the -// results by. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall) OrderBy(orderBy string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall { - c.urlParams_.Set("orderBy", orderBy) - return c -} - -// PageSize sets the optional parameter "pageSize": The maximum number of -// artifacts to return. Maximum page size is 1,000. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall) PageSize(pageSize int64) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall { - c.urlParams_.Set("pageSize", fmt.Sprint(pageSize)) - return c -} - -// PageToken sets the optional parameter "pageToken": The next_page_token value -// returned from a previous list request, if any. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall) PageToken(pageToken string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall { - c.urlParams_.Set("pageToken", pageToken) +// - name: The name of the attachment to delete. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsService) Delete(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsDeleteCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsDeleteCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.name = name return c } // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsDeleteCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsDeleteCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } -// IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the -// object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates -// only after the object has changed since the last request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall { - c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag - return c -} - // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsDeleteCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsDeleteCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsDeleteCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsDeleteCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) - if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { - reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) - } var body io.Reader = nil c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") - urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/dockerImages") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+name}") urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() - req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) + req, err := http.NewRequest("DELETE", urls, body) if err != nil { return nil, err } req.Header = reqHeaders googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ - "parent": c.parent, + "name": c.name, }) return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.dockerImages.list" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.attachments.delete" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *ListDockerImagesResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was -// returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use -// googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was because -// http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*ListDockerImagesResponse, error) { +// *Operation.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in +// error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check +// whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Operation, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -5490,7 +5694,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &ListDockerImagesResponse{ + ret := &Operation{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -5503,42 +5707,20 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi return ret, nil } -// Pages invokes f for each page of results. -// A non-nil error returned from f will halt the iteration. -// The provided context supersedes any context provided to the Context method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall) Pages(ctx context.Context, f func(*ListDockerImagesResponse) error) error { - c.ctx_ = ctx - defer c.PageToken(c.urlParams_.Get("pageToken")) - for { - x, err := c.Do() - if err != nil { - return err - } - if err := f(x); err != nil { - return err - } - if x.NextPageToken == "" { - return nil - } - c.PageToken(x.NextPageToken) - } -} - -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDeleteCall struct { - s *Service - name string - urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams - ctx_ context.Context - header_ http.Header +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsGetCall struct { + s *Service + name string + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ifNoneMatch_ string + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header } -// Delete: Deletes a file and all of its content. It is only allowed on generic -// repositories. The returned operation will complete once the file has been -// deleted. +// Get: Gets an attachment. // -// - name: The name of the file to delete. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesService) Delete(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDeleteCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDeleteCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} +// - name: The name of the attachment to retrieve. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsService) Get(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsGetCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name return c } @@ -5546,34 +5728,45 @@ func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesService) Delete(name string) *Project // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDeleteCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDeleteCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsGetCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } +// IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the +// object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates +// only after the object has changed since the last request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsGetCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsGetCall { + c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag + return c +} + // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDeleteCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDeleteCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsGetCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsGetCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDeleteCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsGetCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDeleteCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) + if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { + reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) + } var body io.Reader = nil c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+name}") urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() - req, err := http.NewRequest("DELETE", urls, body) + req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) if err != nil { return nil, err } @@ -5584,12 +5777,12 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDeleteCall) doRequest(alt string) (*h return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.files.delete" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.attachments.get" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *Operation.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in +// *Attachment.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in // error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check // whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Operation, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Attachment, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -5608,7 +5801,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.Call if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &Operation{ + ret := &Attachment{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -5621,28 +5814,50 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.Call return ret, nil } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall struct { +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsListCall struct { s *Service - name string + parent string urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams ifNoneMatch_ string ctx_ context.Context header_ http.Header } -// Download: Download a file. +// List: Lists repositories. // -// - name: The name of the file to download. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesService) Download(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} - c.name = name +// - parent: The name of the parent resource whose attachments will be listed. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsService) List(parent string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsListCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.parent = parent + return c +} + +// Filter sets the optional parameter "filter": An expression for filtering the +// results of the request. Filter rules are case insensitive. The fields +// eligible for filtering are: * `target` * `type` * `attachment_namespace` +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsListCall) Filter(filter string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("filter", filter) + return c +} + +// PageSize sets the optional parameter "pageSize": The maximum number of +// attachments to return. Maximum page size is 1,000. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsListCall) PageSize(pageSize int64) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("pageSize", fmt.Sprint(pageSize)) + return c +} + +// PageToken sets the optional parameter "pageToken": The next_page_token value +// returned from a previous list request, if any. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsListCall) PageToken(pageToken string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("pageToken", pageToken) return c } // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsListCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsListCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } @@ -5650,27 +5865,27 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.F // IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the // object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates // only after the object has changed since the last request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsListCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsListCall { c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag return c } -// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do and Download methods. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall { +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsListCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsListCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsListCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) @@ -5678,7 +5893,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall) doRequest(alt string) ( var body io.Reader = nil c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") - urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+name}:download") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/attachments") urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) if err != nil { @@ -5686,34 +5901,18 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall) doRequest(alt string) ( } req.Header = reqHeaders googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ - "name": c.name, + "parent": c.parent, }) return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Download fetches the API endpoint's "media" value, instead of the normal -// API response value. If the returned error is nil, the Response is guaranteed to -// have a 2xx status code. Callers must close the Response.Body as usual. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall) Download(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*http.Response, error) { - gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) - res, err := c.doRequest("media") - if err != nil { - return nil, err - } - if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { - res.Body.Close() - return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) - } - return res, nil -} - -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.files.download" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.attachments.list" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *DownloadFileResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned -// at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to -// check whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was -// returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*DownloadFileResponse, error) { +// *ListAttachmentsResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was +// returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use +// googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was because +// http.StatusNotModified was returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*ListAttachmentsResponse, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -5732,7 +5931,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.Ca if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &DownloadFileResponse{ + ret := &ListAttachmentsResponse{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -5745,7 +5944,28 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.Ca return ret, nil } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall struct { +// Pages invokes f for each page of results. +// A non-nil error returned from f will halt the iteration. +// The provided context supersedes any context provided to the Context method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesAttachmentsListCall) Pages(ctx context.Context, f func(*ListAttachmentsResponse) error) error { + c.ctx_ = ctx + defer c.PageToken(c.urlParams_.Get("pageToken")) + for { + x, err := c.Do() + if err != nil { + return err + } + if err := f(x); err != nil { + return err + } + if x.NextPageToken == "" { + return nil + } + c.PageToken(x.NextPageToken) + } +} + +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall struct { s *Service name string urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams @@ -5754,11 +5974,11 @@ type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall struct { header_ http.Header } -// Get: Gets a file. +// Get: Gets a docker image. // -// - name: The name of the file to retrieve. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesService) Get(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} +// - name: The name of the docker images. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesService) Get(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name return c } @@ -5766,7 +5986,7 @@ func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesService) Get(name string) *ProjectsLo // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } @@ -5774,27 +5994,27 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) // IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the // object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates // only after the object has changed since the last request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall { c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag return c } // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) @@ -5815,13 +6035,12 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.files.get" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.dockerImages.get" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1File.ServerResponse.Header or (if a -// response was returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use -// googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was because -// http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1File, error) { +// *DockerImage.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in +// error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check +// whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*DockerImage, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -5840,7 +6059,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOpt if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1File{ + ret := &DockerImage{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -5853,7 +6072,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOpt return ret, nil } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall struct { +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall struct { s *Service parent string urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams @@ -5862,71 +6081,33 @@ type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall struct { header_ http.Header } -// List: Lists files. +// List: Lists docker images. // -// - parent: The name of the repository whose files will be listed. For -// example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesService) List(parent string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} +// - parent: The name of the parent resource whose docker images will be +// listed. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesService) List(parent string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.parent = parent return c } -// Filter sets the optional parameter "filter": An expression for filtering the -// results of the request. Filter rules are case insensitive. The fields -// eligible for filtering are: * `name` * `owner` * `annotations` Examples of -// using a filter: To filter the results of your request to files with the name -// `my_file.txt` in project `my-project` in the `us-central` region, in -// repository `my-repo`, append the following filter expression to your -// request: * -// `name="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/files/m -// y-file.txt" You can also use wildcards to match any number of characters -// before or after the value: * -// `name="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/files/m -// y-*" * -// `name="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/files/* -// file.txt" * -// `name="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/files/* -// file*" To filter the results of your request to files owned by the version -// `1.0` in package `pkg1`, append the following filter expression to your -// request: * -// `owner="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/packag -// es/my-package/versions/1.0" To filter the results of your request to files -// with the annotation key-value pair [`external_link`: `external_link_value`], -// append the following filter expression to your request: * -// "annotations.external_link:external_link_value" To filter just for a -// specific annotation key `external_link`, append the following filter -// expression to your request: * "annotations.external_link" If the -// annotation key or value contains special characters, you can escape them by -// surrounding the value with backticks. For example, to filter the results of -// your request to files with the annotation key-value pair -// [`external.link`:`https://example.com/my-file`], append the following filter -// expression to your request: * “ -// "annotations.`external.link`:`https://example.com/my-file" “ You can also -// filter with annotations with a wildcard to match any number of characters -// before or after the value: * “ "annotations.*_link:`*example.com*" “ -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) Filter(filter string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall { - c.urlParams_.Set("filter", filter) - return c -} - // OrderBy sets the optional parameter "orderBy": The field to order the // results by. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) OrderBy(orderBy string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall) OrderBy(orderBy string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall { c.urlParams_.Set("orderBy", orderBy) return c } -// PageSize sets the optional parameter "pageSize": The maximum number of files -// to return. Maximum page size is 1,000. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) PageSize(pageSize int64) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall { +// PageSize sets the optional parameter "pageSize": The maximum number of +// artifacts to return. Maximum page size is 1,000. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall) PageSize(pageSize int64) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall { c.urlParams_.Set("pageSize", fmt.Sprint(pageSize)) return c } // PageToken sets the optional parameter "pageToken": The next_page_token value // returned from a previous list request, if any. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) PageToken(pageToken string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall) PageToken(pageToken string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall { c.urlParams_.Set("pageToken", pageToken) return c } @@ -5934,7 +6115,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) PageToken(pageToken string) // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } @@ -5942,27 +6123,27 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field // IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the // object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates // only after the object has changed since the last request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall { c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag return c } // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) @@ -5970,7 +6151,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*htt var body io.Reader = nil c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") - urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/files") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/dockerImages") urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) if err != nil { @@ -5983,13 +6164,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*htt return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.files.list" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.dockerImages.list" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *ListFilesResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at -// all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to -// check whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was -// returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*ListFilesResponse, error) { +// *ListDockerImagesResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was +// returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use +// googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was because +// http.StatusNotModified was returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*ListDockerImagesResponse, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -6008,7 +6189,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOp if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &ListFilesResponse{ + ret := &ListDockerImagesResponse{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -6024,7 +6205,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOp // Pages invokes f for each page of results. // A non-nil error returned from f will halt the iteration. // The provided context supersedes any context provided to the Context method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) Pages(ctx context.Context, f func(*ListFilesResponse) error) error { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesDockerImagesListCall) Pages(ctx context.Context, f func(*ListDockerImagesResponse) error) error { c.ctx_ = ctx defer c.PageToken(c.urlParams_.Get("pageToken")) for { @@ -6042,131 +6223,72 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) Pages(ctx context.Context, } } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall struct { - s *Service - parent string - uploadgenericartifactrequest *UploadGenericArtifactRequest - urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams - mediaInfo_ *gensupport.MediaInfo - ctx_ context.Context - header_ http.Header -} - -// Upload: Directly uploads a Generic artifact. The returned operation will -// complete once the resources are uploaded. Package, version, and file -// resources are created based on the uploaded artifact. Uploaded artifacts -// that conflict with existing resources will raise an `ALREADY_EXISTS` error. -// -// - parent: The resource name of the repository where the generic artifact -// will be uploaded. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsService) Upload(parent string, uploadgenericartifactrequest *UploadGenericArtifactRequest) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} - c.parent = parent - c.uploadgenericartifactrequest = uploadgenericartifactrequest - return c -} - -// Media specifies the media to upload in one or more chunks. The chunk size -// may be controlled by supplying a MediaOption generated by -// googleapi.ChunkSize. The chunk size defaults to -// googleapi.DefaultUploadChunkSize.The Content-Type header used in the upload -// request will be determined by sniffing the contents of r, unless a -// MediaOption generated by googleapi.ContentType is supplied. -// At most one of Media and ResumableMedia may be set. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall) Media(r io.Reader, options ...googleapi.MediaOption) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall { - c.mediaInfo_ = gensupport.NewInfoFromMedia(r, options) - return c +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDeleteCall struct { + s *Service + name string + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header } -// ResumableMedia specifies the media to upload in chunks and can be canceled -// with ctx. -// -// Deprecated: use Media instead. +// Delete: Deletes a file and all of its content. It is only allowed on generic +// repositories. The returned operation will complete once the file has been +// deleted. // -// At most one of Media and ResumableMedia may be set. mediaType identifies the -// MIME media type of the upload, such as "image/png". If mediaType is "", it -// will be auto-detected. The provided ctx will supersede any context -// previously provided to the Context method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall) ResumableMedia(ctx context.Context, r io.ReaderAt, size int64, mediaType string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall { - c.ctx_ = ctx - c.mediaInfo_ = gensupport.NewInfoFromResumableMedia(r, size, mediaType) - return c -} - -// ProgressUpdater provides a callback function that will be called after every -// chunk. It should be a low-latency function in order to not slow down the -// upload operation. This should only be called when using ResumableMedia (as -// opposed to Media). -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall) ProgressUpdater(pu googleapi.ProgressUpdater) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall { - c.mediaInfo_.SetProgressUpdater(pu) +// - name: The name of the file to delete. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesService) Delete(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDeleteCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDeleteCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.name = name return c } // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDeleteCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDeleteCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -// This context will supersede any context previously provided to the -// ResumableMedia method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDeleteCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDeleteCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDeleteCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { - reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "application/json", c.header_) +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDeleteCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) var body io.Reader = nil - body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.uploadgenericartifactrequest) - if err != nil { - return nil, err - } c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") - urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/genericArtifacts:create") - if c.mediaInfo_ != nil { - urls = googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "/upload/v1/{+parent}/genericArtifacts:create") - c.urlParams_.Set("uploadType", c.mediaInfo_.UploadType()) - } - if body == nil { - body = new(bytes.Buffer) - reqHeaders.Set("Content-Type", "application/json") - } - body, getBody, cleanup := c.mediaInfo_.UploadRequest(reqHeaders, body) - defer cleanup() + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+name}") urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() - req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", urls, body) + req, err := http.NewRequest("DELETE", urls, body) if err != nil { return nil, err } req.Header = reqHeaders - req.GetBody = getBody googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ - "parent": c.parent, + "name": c.name, }) return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.genericArtifacts.upload" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.files.delete" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *UploadGenericArtifactMediaResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response -// was returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use -// googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was because -// http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*UploadGenericArtifactMediaResponse, error) { +// *Operation.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in +// error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check +// whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Operation, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -6185,24 +6307,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall) Do(opts ...goo if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - rx := c.mediaInfo_.ResumableUpload(res.Header.Get("Location")) - if rx != nil { - rx.Client = c.s.client - rx.UserAgent = c.s.userAgent() - ctx := c.ctx_ - if ctx == nil { - ctx = context.TODO() - } - res, err = rx.Upload(ctx) - if err != nil { - return nil, err - } - defer res.Body.Close() - if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { - return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) - } - } - ret := &UploadGenericArtifactMediaResponse{ + ret := &Operation{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -6215,130 +6320,1705 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall) Do(opts ...goo return ret, nil } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall struct { - s *Service - parent string - uploadgomodulerequest *UploadGoModuleRequest - urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams - mediaInfo_ *gensupport.MediaInfo - ctx_ context.Context - header_ http.Header -} - -// Upload: Directly uploads a Go module. The returned Operation will complete -// once the Go module is uploaded. Package, Version, and File resources are -// created based on the uploaded Go module. -// -// - parent: The resource name of the repository where the Go module will be -// uploaded. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesService) Upload(parent string, uploadgomodulerequest *UploadGoModuleRequest) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} - c.parent = parent - c.uploadgomodulerequest = uploadgomodulerequest - return c -} - -// Media specifies the media to upload in one or more chunks. The chunk size -// may be controlled by supplying a MediaOption generated by -// googleapi.ChunkSize. The chunk size defaults to -// googleapi.DefaultUploadChunkSize.The Content-Type header used in the upload -// request will be determined by sniffing the contents of r, unless a -// MediaOption generated by googleapi.ContentType is supplied. -// At most one of Media and ResumableMedia may be set. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall) Media(r io.Reader, options ...googleapi.MediaOption) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall { - c.mediaInfo_ = gensupport.NewInfoFromMedia(r, options) - return c +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall struct { + s *Service + name string + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ifNoneMatch_ string + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header } -// ResumableMedia specifies the media to upload in chunks and can be canceled -// with ctx. -// -// Deprecated: use Media instead. +// Download: Download a file. // -// At most one of Media and ResumableMedia may be set. mediaType identifies the -// MIME media type of the upload, such as "image/png". If mediaType is "", it -// will be auto-detected. The provided ctx will supersede any context -// previously provided to the Context method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall) ResumableMedia(ctx context.Context, r io.ReaderAt, size int64, mediaType string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall { - c.ctx_ = ctx - c.mediaInfo_ = gensupport.NewInfoFromResumableMedia(r, size, mediaType) - return c -} - -// ProgressUpdater provides a callback function that will be called after every -// chunk. It should be a low-latency function in order to not slow down the -// upload operation. This should only be called when using ResumableMedia (as -// opposed to Media). -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall) ProgressUpdater(pu googleapi.ProgressUpdater) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall { - c.mediaInfo_.SetProgressUpdater(pu) +// - name: The name of the file to download. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesService) Download(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.name = name return c } // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } -// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -// This context will supersede any context previously provided to the -// ResumableMedia method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall { +// IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the +// object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates +// only after the object has changed since the last request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall { + c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do and Download methods. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { - reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "application/json", c.header_) +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) + if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { + reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) + } var body io.Reader = nil - body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.uploadgomodulerequest) + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+name}:download") + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) if err != nil { return nil, err } - c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) - c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") - urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/goModules:create") - if c.mediaInfo_ != nil { + req.Header = reqHeaders + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "name": c.name, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Download fetches the API endpoint's "media" value, instead of the normal +// API response value. If the returned error is nil, the Response is guaranteed to +// have a 2xx status code. Callers must close the Response.Body as usual. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall) Download(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*http.Response, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("media") + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + res.Body.Close() + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + return res, nil +} + +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.files.download" call. +// Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either +// *DownloadFileResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned +// at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to +// check whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was +// returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesDownloadCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*DownloadFileResponse, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + ret := &DownloadFileResponse{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil +} + +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall struct { + s *Service + name string + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ifNoneMatch_ string + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// Get: Gets a file. +// +// - name: The name of the file to retrieve. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesService) Get(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.name = name + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more +// details. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the +// object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates +// only after the object has changed since the last request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall { + c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add +// headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) + if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { + reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) + } + var body io.Reader = nil + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+name}") + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "name": c.name, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.files.get" call. +// Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either +// *GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1File.ServerResponse.Header or (if a +// response was returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use +// googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was because +// http.StatusNotModified was returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1File, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + ret := &GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1File{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil +} + +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall struct { + s *Service + parent string + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ifNoneMatch_ string + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// List: Lists files. +// +// - parent: The name of the repository whose files will be listed. For +// example: "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesService) List(parent string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.parent = parent + return c +} + +// Filter sets the optional parameter "filter": An expression for filtering the +// results of the request. Filter rules are case insensitive. The fields +// eligible for filtering are: * `name` * `owner` * `annotations` Examples of +// using a filter: To filter the results of your request to files with the name +// `my_file.txt` in project `my-project` in the `us-central` region, in +// repository `my-repo`, append the following filter expression to your +// request: * +// `name="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/files/m +// y-file.txt" You can also use wildcards to match any number of characters +// before or after the value: * +// `name="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/files/m +// y-*" * +// `name="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/files/* +// file.txt" * +// `name="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/files/* +// file*" To filter the results of your request to files owned by the version +// `1.0` in package `pkg1`, append the following filter expression to your +// request: * +// `owner="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/packag +// es/my-package/versions/1.0" To filter the results of your request to files +// with the annotation key-value pair [`external_link`: `external_link_value`], +// append the following filter expression to your request: * +// "annotations.external_link:external_link_value" To filter just for a +// specific annotation key `external_link`, append the following filter +// expression to your request: * "annotations.external_link" If the +// annotation key or value contains special characters, you can escape them by +// surrounding the value with backticks. For example, to filter the results of +// your request to files with the annotation key-value pair +// [`external.link`:`https://example.com/my-file`], append the following filter +// expression to your request: * “ +// "annotations.`external.link`:`https://example.com/my-file" “ You can also +// filter with annotations with a wildcard to match any number of characters +// before or after the value: * “ "annotations.*_link:`*example.com*" “ +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) Filter(filter string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("filter", filter) + return c +} + +// OrderBy sets the optional parameter "orderBy": The field to order the +// results by. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) OrderBy(orderBy string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("orderBy", orderBy) + return c +} + +// PageSize sets the optional parameter "pageSize": The maximum number of files +// to return. Maximum page size is 1,000. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) PageSize(pageSize int64) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("pageSize", fmt.Sprint(pageSize)) + return c +} + +// PageToken sets the optional parameter "pageToken": The next_page_token value +// returned from a previous list request, if any. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) PageToken(pageToken string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("pageToken", pageToken) + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more +// details. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the +// object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates +// only after the object has changed since the last request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall { + c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add +// headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) + if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { + reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) + } + var body io.Reader = nil + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/files") + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "parent": c.parent, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.files.list" call. +// Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either +// *ListFilesResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at +// all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to +// check whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was +// returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*ListFilesResponse, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + ret := &ListFilesResponse{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil +} + +// Pages invokes f for each page of results. +// A non-nil error returned from f will halt the iteration. +// The provided context supersedes any context provided to the Context method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesListCall) Pages(ctx context.Context, f func(*ListFilesResponse) error) error { + c.ctx_ = ctx + defer c.PageToken(c.urlParams_.Get("pageToken")) + for { + x, err := c.Do() + if err != nil { + return err + } + if err := f(x); err != nil { + return err + } + if x.NextPageToken == "" { + return nil + } + c.PageToken(x.NextPageToken) + } +} + +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesPatchCall struct { + s *Service + name string + googledevtoolsartifactregistryv1file *GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1File + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// Patch: Updates a file. +// +// - name: The name of the file, for example: +// `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/files/a%2Fb%2Fc.txt`. +// If the file ID part contains slashes, they are escaped. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesService) Patch(name string, googledevtoolsartifactregistryv1file *GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1File) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesPatchCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesPatchCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.name = name + c.googledevtoolsartifactregistryv1file = googledevtoolsartifactregistryv1file + return c +} + +// UpdateMask sets the optional parameter "updateMask": Required. The update +// mask applies to the resource. For the `FieldMask` definition, see +// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesPatchCall) UpdateMask(updateMask string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesPatchCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("updateMask", updateMask) + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more +// details. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesPatchCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesPatchCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesPatchCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesPatchCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add +// headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesPatchCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesPatchCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "application/json", c.header_) + var body io.Reader = nil + body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.googledevtoolsartifactregistryv1file) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+name}") + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("PATCH", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "name": c.name, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.files.patch" call. +// Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either +// *GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1File.ServerResponse.Header or (if a +// response was returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use +// googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was because +// http.StatusNotModified was returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesPatchCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1File, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + ret := &GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1File{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil +} + +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesUploadCall struct { + s *Service + parent string + uploadfilerequest *UploadFileRequest + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + mediaInfo_ *gensupport.MediaInfo + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// Upload: Directly uploads a File to a repository. The returned Operation will +// complete once the resources are uploaded. +// +// - parent: The resource name of the repository where the file will be +// uploaded. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesService) Upload(parent string, uploadfilerequest *UploadFileRequest) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesUploadCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesUploadCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.parent = parent + c.uploadfilerequest = uploadfilerequest + return c +} + +// Media specifies the media to upload in one or more chunks. The chunk size +// may be controlled by supplying a MediaOption generated by +// googleapi.ChunkSize. The chunk size defaults to +// googleapi.DefaultUploadChunkSize.The Content-Type header used in the upload +// request will be determined by sniffing the contents of r, unless a +// MediaOption generated by googleapi.ContentType is supplied. +// At most one of Media and ResumableMedia may be set. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesUploadCall) Media(r io.Reader, options ...googleapi.MediaOption) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesUploadCall { + c.mediaInfo_ = gensupport.NewInfoFromMedia(r, options) + return c +} + +// ResumableMedia specifies the media to upload in chunks and can be canceled +// with ctx. +// +// Deprecated: use Media instead. +// +// At most one of Media and ResumableMedia may be set. mediaType identifies the +// MIME media type of the upload, such as "image/png". If mediaType is "", it +// will be auto-detected. The provided ctx will supersede any context +// previously provided to the Context method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesUploadCall) ResumableMedia(ctx context.Context, r io.ReaderAt, size int64, mediaType string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesUploadCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + c.mediaInfo_ = gensupport.NewInfoFromResumableMedia(r, size, mediaType) + return c +} + +// ProgressUpdater provides a callback function that will be called after every +// chunk. It should be a low-latency function in order to not slow down the +// upload operation. This should only be called when using ResumableMedia (as +// opposed to Media). +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesUploadCall) ProgressUpdater(pu googleapi.ProgressUpdater) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesUploadCall { + c.mediaInfo_.SetProgressUpdater(pu) + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more +// details. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesUploadCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesUploadCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. +// This context will supersede any context previously provided to the +// ResumableMedia method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesUploadCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesUploadCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add +// headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesUploadCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesUploadCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "application/json", c.header_) + var body io.Reader = nil + body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.uploadfilerequest) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/files:upload") + if c.mediaInfo_ != nil { + urls = googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "/upload/v1/{+parent}/files:upload") + c.urlParams_.Set("uploadType", c.mediaInfo_.UploadType()) + } + if body == nil { + body = new(bytes.Buffer) + reqHeaders.Set("Content-Type", "application/json") + } + body, getBody, cleanup := c.mediaInfo_.UploadRequest(reqHeaders, body) + defer cleanup() + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + req.GetBody = getBody + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "parent": c.parent, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.files.upload" call. +// Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either +// *UploadFileMediaResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was +// returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use +// googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was because +// http.StatusNotModified was returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesFilesUploadCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*UploadFileMediaResponse, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + rx := c.mediaInfo_.ResumableUpload(res.Header.Get("Location")) + if rx != nil { + rx.Client = c.s.client + rx.UserAgent = c.s.userAgent() + ctx := c.ctx_ + if ctx == nil { + ctx = context.TODO() + } + res, err = rx.Upload(ctx) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer res.Body.Close() + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + } + ret := &UploadFileMediaResponse{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil +} + +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall struct { + s *Service + parent string + uploadgenericartifactrequest *UploadGenericArtifactRequest + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + mediaInfo_ *gensupport.MediaInfo + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// Upload: Directly uploads a Generic artifact. The returned operation will +// complete once the resources are uploaded. Package, version, and file +// resources are created based on the uploaded artifact. Uploaded artifacts +// that conflict with existing resources will raise an `ALREADY_EXISTS` error. +// +// - parent: The resource name of the repository where the generic artifact +// will be uploaded. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsService) Upload(parent string, uploadgenericartifactrequest *UploadGenericArtifactRequest) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.parent = parent + c.uploadgenericartifactrequest = uploadgenericartifactrequest + return c +} + +// Media specifies the media to upload in one or more chunks. The chunk size +// may be controlled by supplying a MediaOption generated by +// googleapi.ChunkSize. The chunk size defaults to +// googleapi.DefaultUploadChunkSize.The Content-Type header used in the upload +// request will be determined by sniffing the contents of r, unless a +// MediaOption generated by googleapi.ContentType is supplied. +// At most one of Media and ResumableMedia may be set. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall) Media(r io.Reader, options ...googleapi.MediaOption) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall { + c.mediaInfo_ = gensupport.NewInfoFromMedia(r, options) + return c +} + +// ResumableMedia specifies the media to upload in chunks and can be canceled +// with ctx. +// +// Deprecated: use Media instead. +// +// At most one of Media and ResumableMedia may be set. mediaType identifies the +// MIME media type of the upload, such as "image/png". If mediaType is "", it +// will be auto-detected. The provided ctx will supersede any context +// previously provided to the Context method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall) ResumableMedia(ctx context.Context, r io.ReaderAt, size int64, mediaType string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + c.mediaInfo_ = gensupport.NewInfoFromResumableMedia(r, size, mediaType) + return c +} + +// ProgressUpdater provides a callback function that will be called after every +// chunk. It should be a low-latency function in order to not slow down the +// upload operation. This should only be called when using ResumableMedia (as +// opposed to Media). +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall) ProgressUpdater(pu googleapi.ProgressUpdater) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall { + c.mediaInfo_.SetProgressUpdater(pu) + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more +// details. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. +// This context will supersede any context previously provided to the +// ResumableMedia method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add +// headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "application/json", c.header_) + var body io.Reader = nil + body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.uploadgenericartifactrequest) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/genericArtifacts:create") + if c.mediaInfo_ != nil { + urls = googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "/upload/v1/{+parent}/genericArtifacts:create") + c.urlParams_.Set("uploadType", c.mediaInfo_.UploadType()) + } + if body == nil { + body = new(bytes.Buffer) + reqHeaders.Set("Content-Type", "application/json") + } + body, getBody, cleanup := c.mediaInfo_.UploadRequest(reqHeaders, body) + defer cleanup() + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + req.GetBody = getBody + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "parent": c.parent, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.genericArtifacts.upload" call. +// Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either +// *UploadGenericArtifactMediaResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response +// was returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use +// googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was because +// http.StatusNotModified was returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGenericArtifactsUploadCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*UploadGenericArtifactMediaResponse, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + rx := c.mediaInfo_.ResumableUpload(res.Header.Get("Location")) + if rx != nil { + rx.Client = c.s.client + rx.UserAgent = c.s.userAgent() + ctx := c.ctx_ + if ctx == nil { + ctx = context.TODO() + } + res, err = rx.Upload(ctx) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer res.Body.Close() + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + } + ret := &UploadGenericArtifactMediaResponse{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil +} + +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall struct { + s *Service + parent string + uploadgomodulerequest *UploadGoModuleRequest + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + mediaInfo_ *gensupport.MediaInfo + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// Upload: Directly uploads a Go module. The returned Operation will complete +// once the Go module is uploaded. Package, Version, and File resources are +// created based on the uploaded Go module. +// +// - parent: The resource name of the repository where the Go module will be +// uploaded. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesService) Upload(parent string, uploadgomodulerequest *UploadGoModuleRequest) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.parent = parent + c.uploadgomodulerequest = uploadgomodulerequest + return c +} + +// Media specifies the media to upload in one or more chunks. The chunk size +// may be controlled by supplying a MediaOption generated by +// googleapi.ChunkSize. The chunk size defaults to +// googleapi.DefaultUploadChunkSize.The Content-Type header used in the upload +// request will be determined by sniffing the contents of r, unless a +// MediaOption generated by googleapi.ContentType is supplied. +// At most one of Media and ResumableMedia may be set. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall) Media(r io.Reader, options ...googleapi.MediaOption) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall { + c.mediaInfo_ = gensupport.NewInfoFromMedia(r, options) + return c +} + +// ResumableMedia specifies the media to upload in chunks and can be canceled +// with ctx. +// +// Deprecated: use Media instead. +// +// At most one of Media and ResumableMedia may be set. mediaType identifies the +// MIME media type of the upload, such as "image/png". If mediaType is "", it +// will be auto-detected. The provided ctx will supersede any context +// previously provided to the Context method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall) ResumableMedia(ctx context.Context, r io.ReaderAt, size int64, mediaType string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + c.mediaInfo_ = gensupport.NewInfoFromResumableMedia(r, size, mediaType) + return c +} + +// ProgressUpdater provides a callback function that will be called after every +// chunk. It should be a low-latency function in order to not slow down the +// upload operation. This should only be called when using ResumableMedia (as +// opposed to Media). +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall) ProgressUpdater(pu googleapi.ProgressUpdater) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall { + c.mediaInfo_.SetProgressUpdater(pu) + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more +// details. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. +// This context will supersede any context previously provided to the +// ResumableMedia method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add +// headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "application/json", c.header_) + var body io.Reader = nil + body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.uploadgomodulerequest) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/goModules:create") + if c.mediaInfo_ != nil { urls = googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "/upload/v1/{+parent}/goModules:create") c.urlParams_.Set("uploadType", c.mediaInfo_.UploadType()) } - if body == nil { - body = new(bytes.Buffer) - reqHeaders.Set("Content-Type", "application/json") + if body == nil { + body = new(bytes.Buffer) + reqHeaders.Set("Content-Type", "application/json") + } + body, getBody, cleanup := c.mediaInfo_.UploadRequest(reqHeaders, body) + defer cleanup() + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + req.GetBody = getBody + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "parent": c.parent, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.goModules.upload" call. +// Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either +// *UploadGoModuleMediaResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was +// returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use +// googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was because +// http.StatusNotModified was returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*UploadGoModuleMediaResponse, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + rx := c.mediaInfo_.ResumableUpload(res.Header.Get("Location")) + if rx != nil { + rx.Client = c.s.client + rx.UserAgent = c.s.userAgent() + ctx := c.ctx_ + if ctx == nil { + ctx = context.TODO() + } + res, err = rx.Upload(ctx) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer res.Body.Close() + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + } + ret := &UploadGoModuleMediaResponse{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil +} + +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsImportCall struct { + s *Service + parent string + importgoogetartifactsrequest *ImportGoogetArtifactsRequest + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// Import: Imports GooGet artifacts. The returned Operation will complete once +// the resources are imported. Package, Version, and File resources are created +// based on the imported artifacts. Imported artifacts that conflict with +// existing resources are ignored. +// +// - parent: The name of the parent resource where the artifacts will be +// imported. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsService) Import(parent string, importgoogetartifactsrequest *ImportGoogetArtifactsRequest) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsImportCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsImportCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.parent = parent + c.importgoogetartifactsrequest = importgoogetartifactsrequest + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more +// details. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsImportCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsImportCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsImportCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsImportCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add +// headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsImportCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsImportCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "application/json", c.header_) + var body io.Reader = nil + body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.importgoogetartifactsrequest) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/googetArtifacts:import") + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "parent": c.parent, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.googetArtifacts.import" call. +// Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either +// *Operation.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in +// error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check +// whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsImportCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Operation, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + ret := &Operation{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil +} + +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall struct { + s *Service + parent string + uploadgoogetartifactrequest *UploadGoogetArtifactRequest + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + mediaInfo_ *gensupport.MediaInfo + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// Upload: Directly uploads a GooGet artifact. The returned Operation will +// complete once the resources are uploaded. Package, Version, and File +// resources are created based on the imported artifact. Imported artifacts +// that conflict with existing resources are ignored. +// +// - parent: The name of the parent resource where the artifacts will be +// uploaded. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsService) Upload(parent string, uploadgoogetartifactrequest *UploadGoogetArtifactRequest) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.parent = parent + c.uploadgoogetartifactrequest = uploadgoogetartifactrequest + return c +} + +// Media specifies the media to upload in one or more chunks. The chunk size +// may be controlled by supplying a MediaOption generated by +// googleapi.ChunkSize. The chunk size defaults to +// googleapi.DefaultUploadChunkSize.The Content-Type header used in the upload +// request will be determined by sniffing the contents of r, unless a +// MediaOption generated by googleapi.ContentType is supplied. +// At most one of Media and ResumableMedia may be set. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall) Media(r io.Reader, options ...googleapi.MediaOption) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall { + c.mediaInfo_ = gensupport.NewInfoFromMedia(r, options) + return c +} + +// ResumableMedia specifies the media to upload in chunks and can be canceled +// with ctx. +// +// Deprecated: use Media instead. +// +// At most one of Media and ResumableMedia may be set. mediaType identifies the +// MIME media type of the upload, such as "image/png". If mediaType is "", it +// will be auto-detected. The provided ctx will supersede any context +// previously provided to the Context method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall) ResumableMedia(ctx context.Context, r io.ReaderAt, size int64, mediaType string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + c.mediaInfo_ = gensupport.NewInfoFromResumableMedia(r, size, mediaType) + return c +} + +// ProgressUpdater provides a callback function that will be called after every +// chunk. It should be a low-latency function in order to not slow down the +// upload operation. This should only be called when using ResumableMedia (as +// opposed to Media). +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall) ProgressUpdater(pu googleapi.ProgressUpdater) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall { + c.mediaInfo_.SetProgressUpdater(pu) + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more +// details. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. +// This context will supersede any context previously provided to the +// ResumableMedia method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add +// headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "application/json", c.header_) + var body io.Reader = nil + body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.uploadgoogetartifactrequest) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/googetArtifacts:create") + if c.mediaInfo_ != nil { + urls = googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "/upload/v1/{+parent}/googetArtifacts:create") + c.urlParams_.Set("uploadType", c.mediaInfo_.UploadType()) + } + if body == nil { + body = new(bytes.Buffer) + reqHeaders.Set("Content-Type", "application/json") + } + body, getBody, cleanup := c.mediaInfo_.UploadRequest(reqHeaders, body) + defer cleanup() + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + req.GetBody = getBody + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "parent": c.parent, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.googetArtifacts.upload" call. +// Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either +// *UploadGoogetArtifactMediaResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response +// was returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use +// googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was because +// http.StatusNotModified was returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*UploadGoogetArtifactMediaResponse, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + rx := c.mediaInfo_.ResumableUpload(res.Header.Get("Location")) + if rx != nil { + rx.Client = c.s.client + rx.UserAgent = c.s.userAgent() + ctx := c.ctx_ + if ctx == nil { + ctx = context.TODO() + } + res, err = rx.Upload(ctx) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer res.Body.Close() + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + } + ret := &UploadGoogetArtifactMediaResponse{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil +} + +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall struct { + s *Service + parent string + uploadkfpartifactrequest *UploadKfpArtifactRequest + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + mediaInfo_ *gensupport.MediaInfo + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// Upload: Directly uploads a KFP artifact. The returned Operation will +// complete once the resource is uploaded. Package, Version, and File resources +// will be created based on the uploaded artifact. Uploaded artifacts that +// conflict with existing resources will be overwritten. +// +// - parent: The resource name of the repository where the KFP artifact will be +// uploaded. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsService) Upload(parent string, uploadkfpartifactrequest *UploadKfpArtifactRequest) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.parent = parent + c.uploadkfpartifactrequest = uploadkfpartifactrequest + return c +} + +// Media specifies the media to upload in one or more chunks. The chunk size +// may be controlled by supplying a MediaOption generated by +// googleapi.ChunkSize. The chunk size defaults to +// googleapi.DefaultUploadChunkSize.The Content-Type header used in the upload +// request will be determined by sniffing the contents of r, unless a +// MediaOption generated by googleapi.ContentType is supplied. +// At most one of Media and ResumableMedia may be set. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall) Media(r io.Reader, options ...googleapi.MediaOption) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall { + c.mediaInfo_ = gensupport.NewInfoFromMedia(r, options) + return c +} + +// ResumableMedia specifies the media to upload in chunks and can be canceled +// with ctx. +// +// Deprecated: use Media instead. +// +// At most one of Media and ResumableMedia may be set. mediaType identifies the +// MIME media type of the upload, such as "image/png". If mediaType is "", it +// will be auto-detected. The provided ctx will supersede any context +// previously provided to the Context method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall) ResumableMedia(ctx context.Context, r io.ReaderAt, size int64, mediaType string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + c.mediaInfo_ = gensupport.NewInfoFromResumableMedia(r, size, mediaType) + return c +} + +// ProgressUpdater provides a callback function that will be called after every +// chunk. It should be a low-latency function in order to not slow down the +// upload operation. This should only be called when using ResumableMedia (as +// opposed to Media). +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall) ProgressUpdater(pu googleapi.ProgressUpdater) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall { + c.mediaInfo_.SetProgressUpdater(pu) + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more +// details. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. +// This context will supersede any context previously provided to the +// ResumableMedia method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add +// headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "application/json", c.header_) + var body io.Reader = nil + body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.uploadkfpartifactrequest) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/kfpArtifacts:create") + if c.mediaInfo_ != nil { + urls = googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "/upload/v1/{+parent}/kfpArtifacts:create") + c.urlParams_.Set("uploadType", c.mediaInfo_.UploadType()) + } + if body == nil { + body = new(bytes.Buffer) + reqHeaders.Set("Content-Type", "application/json") + } + body, getBody, cleanup := c.mediaInfo_.UploadRequest(reqHeaders, body) + defer cleanup() + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + req.GetBody = getBody + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "parent": c.parent, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.kfpArtifacts.upload" call. +// Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either +// *UploadKfpArtifactMediaResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was +// returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use +// googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was because +// http.StatusNotModified was returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*UploadKfpArtifactMediaResponse, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + rx := c.mediaInfo_.ResumableUpload(res.Header.Get("Location")) + if rx != nil { + rx.Client = c.s.client + rx.UserAgent = c.s.userAgent() + ctx := c.ctx_ + if ctx == nil { + ctx = context.TODO() + } + res, err = rx.Upload(ctx) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer res.Body.Close() + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + } + ret := &UploadKfpArtifactMediaResponse{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil +} + +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall struct { + s *Service + name string + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ifNoneMatch_ string + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// Get: Gets a maven artifact. +// +// - name: The name of the maven artifact. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsService) Get(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.name = name + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more +// details. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the +// object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates +// only after the object has changed since the last request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall { + c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add +// headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) + if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { + reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) + } + var body io.Reader = nil + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+name}") + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "name": c.name, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.mavenArtifacts.get" call. +// Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either +// *MavenArtifact.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) +// in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check +// whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*MavenArtifact, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + ret := &MavenArtifact{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil +} + +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall struct { + s *Service + parent string + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ifNoneMatch_ string + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// List: Lists maven artifacts. +// +// - parent: The name of the parent resource whose maven artifacts will be +// listed. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsService) List(parent string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.parent = parent + return c +} + +// PageSize sets the optional parameter "pageSize": The maximum number of +// artifacts to return. Maximum page size is 1,000. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) PageSize(pageSize int64) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("pageSize", fmt.Sprint(pageSize)) + return c +} + +// PageToken sets the optional parameter "pageToken": The next_page_token value +// returned from a previous list request, if any. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) PageToken(pageToken string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("pageToken", pageToken) + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more +// details. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the +// object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates +// only after the object has changed since the last request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall { + c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add +// headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) + if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { + reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) } - body, getBody, cleanup := c.mediaInfo_.UploadRequest(reqHeaders, body) - defer cleanup() + var body io.Reader = nil + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/mavenArtifacts") urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() - req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", urls, body) + req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) if err != nil { return nil, err } req.Header = reqHeaders - req.GetBody = getBody googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ "parent": c.parent, }) return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.goModules.upload" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.mavenArtifacts.list" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *UploadGoModuleMediaResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was +// *ListMavenArtifactsResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was // returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use // googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was because // http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*UploadGoModuleMediaResponse, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*ListMavenArtifactsResponse, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -6357,24 +8037,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall) Do(opts ...googleapi. if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - rx := c.mediaInfo_.ResumableUpload(res.Header.Get("Location")) - if rx != nil { - rx.Client = c.s.client - rx.UserAgent = c.s.userAgent() - ctx := c.ctx_ - if ctx == nil { - ctx = context.TODO() - } - res, err = rx.Upload(ctx) - if err != nil { - return nil, err - } - defer res.Body.Close() - if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { - return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) - } - } - ret := &UploadGoModuleMediaResponse{ + ret := &ListMavenArtifactsResponse{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -6387,80 +8050,103 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoModulesUploadCall) Do(opts ...googleapi. return ret, nil } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsImportCall struct { - s *Service - parent string - importgoogetartifactsrequest *ImportGoogetArtifactsRequest - urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams - ctx_ context.Context - header_ http.Header +// Pages invokes f for each page of results. +// A non-nil error returned from f will halt the iteration. +// The provided context supersedes any context provided to the Context method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) Pages(ctx context.Context, f func(*ListMavenArtifactsResponse) error) error { + c.ctx_ = ctx + defer c.PageToken(c.urlParams_.Get("pageToken")) + for { + x, err := c.Do() + if err != nil { + return err + } + if err := f(x); err != nil { + return err + } + if x.NextPageToken == "" { + return nil + } + c.PageToken(x.NextPageToken) + } } -// Import: Imports GooGet artifacts. The returned Operation will complete once -// the resources are imported. Package, Version, and File resources are created -// based on the imported artifacts. Imported artifacts that conflict with -// existing resources are ignored. +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall struct { + s *Service + name string + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ifNoneMatch_ string + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// Get: Gets a npm package. // -// - parent: The name of the parent resource where the artifacts will be -// imported. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsService) Import(parent string, importgoogetartifactsrequest *ImportGoogetArtifactsRequest) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsImportCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsImportCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} - c.parent = parent - c.importgoogetartifactsrequest = importgoogetartifactsrequest +// - name: The name of the npm package. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesService) Get(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.name = name return c } // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsImportCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsImportCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } +// IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the +// object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates +// only after the object has changed since the last request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall { + c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag + return c +} + // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsImportCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsImportCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsImportCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsImportCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { - reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "application/json", c.header_) - var body io.Reader = nil - body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.importgoogetartifactsrequest) - if err != nil { - return nil, err +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) + if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { + reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) } + var body io.Reader = nil c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") - urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/googetArtifacts:import") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+name}") urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() - req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", urls, body) + req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) if err != nil { return nil, err } req.Header = reqHeaders googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ - "parent": c.parent, + "name": c.name, }) return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.googetArtifacts.import" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.npmPackages.get" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *Operation.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in +// *NpmPackage.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in // error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check // whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsImportCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Operation, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*NpmPackage, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -6479,7 +8165,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsImportCall) Do(opts ...goog if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &Operation{ + ret := &NpmPackage{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -6492,131 +8178,97 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsImportCall) Do(opts ...goog return ret, nil } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall struct { - s *Service - parent string - uploadgoogetartifactrequest *UploadGoogetArtifactRequest - urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams - mediaInfo_ *gensupport.MediaInfo - ctx_ context.Context - header_ http.Header +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall struct { + s *Service + parent string + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ifNoneMatch_ string + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header } -// Upload: Directly uploads a GooGet artifact. The returned Operation will -// complete once the resources are uploaded. Package, Version, and File -// resources are created based on the imported artifact. Imported artifacts -// that conflict with existing resources are ignored. +// List: Lists npm packages. // -// - parent: The name of the parent resource where the artifacts will be -// uploaded. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsService) Upload(parent string, uploadgoogetartifactrequest *UploadGoogetArtifactRequest) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} +// - parent: The name of the parent resource whose npm packages will be listed. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesService) List(parent string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.parent = parent - c.uploadgoogetartifactrequest = uploadgoogetartifactrequest - return c -} - -// Media specifies the media to upload in one or more chunks. The chunk size -// may be controlled by supplying a MediaOption generated by -// googleapi.ChunkSize. The chunk size defaults to -// googleapi.DefaultUploadChunkSize.The Content-Type header used in the upload -// request will be determined by sniffing the contents of r, unless a -// MediaOption generated by googleapi.ContentType is supplied. -// At most one of Media and ResumableMedia may be set. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall) Media(r io.Reader, options ...googleapi.MediaOption) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall { - c.mediaInfo_ = gensupport.NewInfoFromMedia(r, options) return c } -// ResumableMedia specifies the media to upload in chunks and can be canceled -// with ctx. -// -// Deprecated: use Media instead. -// -// At most one of Media and ResumableMedia may be set. mediaType identifies the -// MIME media type of the upload, such as "image/png". If mediaType is "", it -// will be auto-detected. The provided ctx will supersede any context -// previously provided to the Context method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall) ResumableMedia(ctx context.Context, r io.ReaderAt, size int64, mediaType string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall { - c.ctx_ = ctx - c.mediaInfo_ = gensupport.NewInfoFromResumableMedia(r, size, mediaType) +// PageSize sets the optional parameter "pageSize": The maximum number of +// artifacts to return. Maximum page size is 1,000. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall) PageSize(pageSize int64) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("pageSize", fmt.Sprint(pageSize)) return c } -// ProgressUpdater provides a callback function that will be called after every -// chunk. It should be a low-latency function in order to not slow down the -// upload operation. This should only be called when using ResumableMedia (as -// opposed to Media). -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall) ProgressUpdater(pu googleapi.ProgressUpdater) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall { - c.mediaInfo_.SetProgressUpdater(pu) +// PageToken sets the optional parameter "pageToken": The next_page_token value +// returned from a previous list request, if any. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall) PageToken(pageToken string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("pageToken", pageToken) return c } // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } +// IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the +// object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates +// only after the object has changed since the last request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall { + c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag + return c +} + // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -// This context will supersede any context previously provided to the -// ResumableMedia method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { - reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "application/json", c.header_) - var body io.Reader = nil - body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.uploadgoogetartifactrequest) - if err != nil { - return nil, err - } - c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) - c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") - urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/googetArtifacts:create") - if c.mediaInfo_ != nil { - urls = googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "/upload/v1/{+parent}/googetArtifacts:create") - c.urlParams_.Set("uploadType", c.mediaInfo_.UploadType()) - } - if body == nil { - body = new(bytes.Buffer) - reqHeaders.Set("Content-Type", "application/json") +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) + if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { + reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) } - body, getBody, cleanup := c.mediaInfo_.UploadRequest(reqHeaders, body) - defer cleanup() + var body io.Reader = nil + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/npmPackages") urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() - req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", urls, body) + req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) if err != nil { return nil, err } req.Header = reqHeaders - req.GetBody = getBody googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ "parent": c.parent, }) return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.googetArtifacts.upload" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.npmPackages.list" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *UploadGoogetArtifactMediaResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response -// was returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use +// *ListNpmPackagesResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was +// returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use // googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was because // http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*UploadGoogetArtifactMediaResponse, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*ListNpmPackagesResponse, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -6635,24 +8287,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall) Do(opts ...goog if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - rx := c.mediaInfo_.ResumableUpload(res.Header.Get("Location")) - if rx != nil { - rx.Client = c.s.client - rx.UserAgent = c.s.userAgent() - ctx := c.ctx_ - if ctx == nil { - ctx = context.TODO() - } - res, err = rx.Upload(ctx) - if err != nil { - return nil, err - } - defer res.Body.Close() - if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { - return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) - } - } - ret := &UploadGoogetArtifactMediaResponse{ + ret := &ListNpmPackagesResponse{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -6665,131 +8300,92 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesGoogetArtifactsUploadCall) Do(opts ...goog return ret, nil } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall struct { - s *Service - parent string - uploadkfpartifactrequest *UploadKfpArtifactRequest - urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams - mediaInfo_ *gensupport.MediaInfo - ctx_ context.Context - header_ http.Header -} - -// Upload: Directly uploads a KFP artifact. The returned Operation will -// complete once the resource is uploaded. Package, Version, and File resources -// will be created based on the uploaded artifact. Uploaded artifacts that -// conflict with existing resources will be overwritten. -// -// - parent: The resource name of the repository where the KFP artifact will be -// uploaded. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsService) Upload(parent string, uploadkfpartifactrequest *UploadKfpArtifactRequest) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} - c.parent = parent - c.uploadkfpartifactrequest = uploadkfpartifactrequest - return c +// Pages invokes f for each page of results. +// A non-nil error returned from f will halt the iteration. +// The provided context supersedes any context provided to the Context method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall) Pages(ctx context.Context, f func(*ListNpmPackagesResponse) error) error { + c.ctx_ = ctx + defer c.PageToken(c.urlParams_.Get("pageToken")) + for { + x, err := c.Do() + if err != nil { + return err + } + if err := f(x); err != nil { + return err + } + if x.NextPageToken == "" { + return nil + } + c.PageToken(x.NextPageToken) + } } -// Media specifies the media to upload in one or more chunks. The chunk size -// may be controlled by supplying a MediaOption generated by -// googleapi.ChunkSize. The chunk size defaults to -// googleapi.DefaultUploadChunkSize.The Content-Type header used in the upload -// request will be determined by sniffing the contents of r, unless a -// MediaOption generated by googleapi.ContentType is supplied. -// At most one of Media and ResumableMedia may be set. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall) Media(r io.Reader, options ...googleapi.MediaOption) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall { - c.mediaInfo_ = gensupport.NewInfoFromMedia(r, options) - return c +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesDeleteCall struct { + s *Service + name string + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header } -// ResumableMedia specifies the media to upload in chunks and can be canceled -// with ctx. -// -// Deprecated: use Media instead. +// Delete: Deletes a package and all of its versions and tags. The returned +// operation will complete once the package has been deleted. // -// At most one of Media and ResumableMedia may be set. mediaType identifies the -// MIME media type of the upload, such as "image/png". If mediaType is "", it -// will be auto-detected. The provided ctx will supersede any context -// previously provided to the Context method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall) ResumableMedia(ctx context.Context, r io.ReaderAt, size int64, mediaType string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall { - c.ctx_ = ctx - c.mediaInfo_ = gensupport.NewInfoFromResumableMedia(r, size, mediaType) - return c -} - -// ProgressUpdater provides a callback function that will be called after every -// chunk. It should be a low-latency function in order to not slow down the -// upload operation. This should only be called when using ResumableMedia (as -// opposed to Media). -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall) ProgressUpdater(pu googleapi.ProgressUpdater) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall { - c.mediaInfo_.SetProgressUpdater(pu) +// - name: The name of the package to delete. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesService) Delete(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesDeleteCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesDeleteCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.name = name return c } // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesDeleteCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesDeleteCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -// This context will supersede any context previously provided to the -// ResumableMedia method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesDeleteCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesDeleteCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesDeleteCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { - reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "application/json", c.header_) +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesDeleteCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) var body io.Reader = nil - body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.uploadkfpartifactrequest) - if err != nil { - return nil, err - } c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") - urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/kfpArtifacts:create") - if c.mediaInfo_ != nil { - urls = googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "/upload/v1/{+parent}/kfpArtifacts:create") - c.urlParams_.Set("uploadType", c.mediaInfo_.UploadType()) - } - if body == nil { - body = new(bytes.Buffer) - reqHeaders.Set("Content-Type", "application/json") - } - body, getBody, cleanup := c.mediaInfo_.UploadRequest(reqHeaders, body) - defer cleanup() + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+name}") urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() - req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", urls, body) + req, err := http.NewRequest("DELETE", urls, body) if err != nil { return nil, err } req.Header = reqHeaders - req.GetBody = getBody googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ - "parent": c.parent, + "name": c.name, }) return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.kfpArtifacts.upload" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.delete" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *UploadKfpArtifactMediaResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was -// returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use -// googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was because -// http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*UploadKfpArtifactMediaResponse, error) { +// *Operation.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in +// error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check +// whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Operation, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -6808,24 +8404,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall) Do(opts ...googlea if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - rx := c.mediaInfo_.ResumableUpload(res.Header.Get("Location")) - if rx != nil { - rx.Client = c.s.client - rx.UserAgent = c.s.userAgent() - ctx := c.ctx_ - if ctx == nil { - ctx = context.TODO() - } - res, err = rx.Upload(ctx) - if err != nil { - return nil, err - } - defer res.Body.Close() - if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { - return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) - } - } - ret := &UploadKfpArtifactMediaResponse{ + ret := &Operation{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -6838,7 +8417,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesKfpArtifactsUploadCall) Do(opts ...googlea return ret, nil } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall struct { +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall struct { s *Service name string urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams @@ -6847,11 +8426,11 @@ type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall struct { header_ http.Header } -// Get: Gets a maven artifact. +// Get: Gets a package. // -// - name: The name of the maven artifact. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsService) Get(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} +// - name: The name of the package to retrieve. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesService) Get(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name return c } @@ -6859,7 +8438,7 @@ func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsService) Get(name string) *P // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } @@ -6867,27 +8446,27 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall) Fields(s ...googlea // IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the // object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates // only after the object has changed since the last request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall { c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag return c } // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) @@ -6908,12 +8487,12 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall) doRequest(alt strin return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.mavenArtifacts.get" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.get" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *MavenArtifact.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) -// in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check +// *Package.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in +// error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check // whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*MavenArtifact, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Package, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -6932,7 +8511,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall) Do(opts ...googleap if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &MavenArtifact{ + ret := &Package{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -6945,7 +8524,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsGetCall) Do(opts ...googleap return ret, nil } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall struct { +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall struct { s *Service parent string urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams @@ -6954,26 +8533,67 @@ type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall struct { header_ http.Header } -// List: Lists maven artifacts. -// -// - parent: The name of the parent resource whose maven artifacts will be -// listed. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsService) List(parent string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} - c.parent = parent +// List: Lists packages. +// +// - parent: The name of the parent resource whose packages will be listed. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesService) List(parent string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.parent = parent + return c +} + +// Filter sets the optional parameter "filter": An expression for filtering the +// results of the request. Filter rules are case insensitive. The fields +// eligible for filtering are: * `name` * `annotations` Examples of using a +// filter: To filter the results of your request to packages with the name +// `my-package` in project `my-project` in the `us-central` region, in +// repository `my-repo`, append the following filter expression to your +// request: * +// `name="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/package +// s/my-package" You can also use wildcards to match any number of characters +// before or after the value: * +// `name="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/package +// s/my-*" * +// `name="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/package +// s/*package" * +// `name="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/package +// s/*pack*" To filter the results of your request to packages with the +// annotation key-value pair [`external_link`: `external_link_value`], append +// the following filter expression to your request": * +// "annotations.external_link:external_link_value" To filter the results just +// for a specific annotation key `external_link`, append the following filter +// expression to your request: * "annotations.external_link" If the +// annotation key or value contains special characters, you can escape them by +// surrounding the value with backticks. For example, to filter the results of +// your request to packages with the annotation key-value pair +// [`external.link`:`https://example.com/my-package`], append the following +// filter expression to your request: * “ +// "annotations.`external.link`:`https://example.com/my-package" “ You can +// also filter with annotations with a wildcard to match any number of +// characters before or after the value: * “ +// "annotations.*_link:`*example.com*" “ +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) Filter(filter string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("filter", filter) + return c +} + +// OrderBy sets the optional parameter "orderBy": The field to order the +// results by. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) OrderBy(orderBy string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("orderBy", orderBy) return c } // PageSize sets the optional parameter "pageSize": The maximum number of -// artifacts to return. Maximum page size is 1,000. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) PageSize(pageSize int64) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall { +// packages to return. Maximum page size is 1,000. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) PageSize(pageSize int64) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall { c.urlParams_.Set("pageSize", fmt.Sprint(pageSize)) return c } // PageToken sets the optional parameter "pageToken": The next_page_token value // returned from a previous list request, if any. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) PageToken(pageToken string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) PageToken(pageToken string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall { c.urlParams_.Set("pageToken", pageToken) return c } @@ -6981,7 +8601,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) PageToken(pageToke // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } @@ -6989,27 +8609,27 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) Fields(s ...google // IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the // object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates // only after the object has changed since the last request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall { c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag return c } // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) @@ -7017,7 +8637,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) doRequest(alt stri var body io.Reader = nil c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") - urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/mavenArtifacts") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/packages") urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) if err != nil { @@ -7030,13 +8650,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) doRequest(alt stri return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.mavenArtifacts.list" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.list" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *ListMavenArtifactsResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was -// returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use -// googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was because -// http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*ListMavenArtifactsResponse, error) { +// *ListPackagesResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned +// at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to +// check whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was +// returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*ListPackagesResponse, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -7055,7 +8675,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) Do(opts ...googlea if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &ListMavenArtifactsResponse{ + ret := &ListPackagesResponse{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -7071,7 +8691,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) Do(opts ...googlea // Pages invokes f for each page of results. // A non-nil error returned from f will halt the iteration. // The provided context supersedes any context provided to the Context method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) Pages(ctx context.Context, f func(*ListMavenArtifactsResponse) error) error { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) Pages(ctx context.Context, f func(*ListPackagesResponse) error) error { c.ctx_ = ctx defer c.PageToken(c.urlParams_.Get("pageToken")) for { @@ -7089,66 +8709,70 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesMavenArtifactsListCall) Pages(ctx context. } } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall struct { - s *Service - name string - urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams - ifNoneMatch_ string - ctx_ context.Context - header_ http.Header +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall struct { + s *Service + name string + package_ *Package + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header } -// Get: Gets a npm package. +// Patch: Updates a package. // -// - name: The name of the npm package. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesService) Get(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} +// - name: The name of the package, for example: +// `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1`. If +// the package ID part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesService) Patch(name string, package_ *Package) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name + c.package_ = package_ + return c +} + +// UpdateMask sets the optional parameter "updateMask": The update mask applies +// to the resource. For the `FieldMask` definition, see +// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall) UpdateMask(updateMask string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("updateMask", updateMask) return c } // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } -// IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the -// object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates -// only after the object has changed since the last request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall { - c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag - return c -} - // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { - reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) - if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { - reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) - } +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "application/json", c.header_) var body io.Reader = nil + body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.package_) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+name}") urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() - req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) + req, err := http.NewRequest("PATCH", urls, body) if err != nil { return nil, err } @@ -7159,12 +8783,12 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall) doRequest(alt string) return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.npmPackages.get" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.patch" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *NpmPackage.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in +// *Package.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in // error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check // whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*NpmPackage, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Package, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -7183,7 +8807,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.C if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &NpmPackage{ + ret := &Package{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -7196,80 +8820,67 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.C return ret, nil } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall struct { - s *Service - parent string - urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams - ifNoneMatch_ string - ctx_ context.Context - header_ http.Header +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall struct { + s *Service + parent string + tag *Tag + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header } -// List: Lists npm packages. +// Create: Creates a tag. // -// - parent: The name of the parent resource whose npm packages will be listed. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesService) List(parent string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} +// - parent: The name of the parent resource where the tag will be created. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsService) Create(parent string, tag *Tag) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.parent = parent + c.tag = tag return c } -// PageSize sets the optional parameter "pageSize": The maximum number of -// artifacts to return. Maximum page size is 1,000. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall) PageSize(pageSize int64) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall { - c.urlParams_.Set("pageSize", fmt.Sprint(pageSize)) - return c -} - -// PageToken sets the optional parameter "pageToken": The next_page_token value -// returned from a previous list request, if any. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall) PageToken(pageToken string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall { - c.urlParams_.Set("pageToken", pageToken) +// TagId sets the optional parameter "tagId": The tag id to use for this +// repository. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall) TagId(tagId string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("tagId", tagId) return c } // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } -// IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the -// object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates -// only after the object has changed since the last request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall { - c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag - return c -} - // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { - reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) - if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { - reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) - } +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "application/json", c.header_) var body io.Reader = nil + body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.tag) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") - urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/npmPackages") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/tags") urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() - req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) + req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", urls, body) if err != nil { return nil, err } @@ -7280,13 +8891,12 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall) doRequest(alt string) return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.npmPackages.list" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.tags.create" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *ListNpmPackagesResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was -// returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use -// googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was because -// http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*ListNpmPackagesResponse, error) { +// *Tag.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in +// error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check +// whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Tag, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -7305,7 +8915,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi. if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &ListNpmPackagesResponse{ + ret := &Tag{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -7318,28 +8928,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi. return ret, nil } -// Pages invokes f for each page of results. -// A non-nil error returned from f will halt the iteration. -// The provided context supersedes any context provided to the Context method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesNpmPackagesListCall) Pages(ctx context.Context, f func(*ListNpmPackagesResponse) error) error { - c.ctx_ = ctx - defer c.PageToken(c.urlParams_.Get("pageToken")) - for { - x, err := c.Do() - if err != nil { - return err - } - if err := f(x); err != nil { - return err - } - if x.NextPageToken == "" { - return nil - } - c.PageToken(x.NextPageToken) - } -} - -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesDeleteCall struct { +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsDeleteCall struct { s *Service name string urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams @@ -7347,12 +8936,11 @@ type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesDeleteCall struct { header_ http.Header } -// Delete: Deletes a package and all of its versions and tags. The returned -// operation will complete once the package has been deleted. +// Delete: Deletes a tag. // -// - name: The name of the package to delete. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesService) Delete(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesDeleteCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesDeleteCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} +// - name: The name of the tag to delete. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsService) Delete(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsDeleteCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsDeleteCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name return c } @@ -7360,27 +8948,27 @@ func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesService) Delete(name string) *Proj // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesDeleteCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesDeleteCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsDeleteCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsDeleteCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesDeleteCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesDeleteCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsDeleteCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsDeleteCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesDeleteCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsDeleteCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesDeleteCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsDeleteCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) var body io.Reader = nil c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) @@ -7398,12 +8986,12 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesDeleteCall) doRequest(alt string) return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.delete" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.tags.delete" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *Operation.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in +// *Empty.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in // error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check // whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Operation, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Empty, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -7422,7 +9010,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.C if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &Operation{ + ret := &Empty{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -7435,7 +9023,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.C return ret, nil } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall struct { +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall struct { s *Service name string urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams @@ -7444,11 +9032,11 @@ type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall struct { header_ http.Header } -// Get: Gets a package. +// Get: Gets a tag. // -// - name: The name of the package to retrieve. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesService) Get(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} +// - name: The name of the tag to retrieve. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsService) Get(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name return c } @@ -7456,7 +9044,7 @@ func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesService) Get(name string) *Project // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } @@ -7464,27 +9052,27 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Fie // IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the // object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates // only after the object has changed since the last request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall { c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag return c } // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) @@ -7505,12 +9093,12 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*h return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.get" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.tags.get" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *Package.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in +// *Tag.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in // error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check // whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Package, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Tag, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -7529,7 +9117,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.Call if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &Package{ + ret := &Tag{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -7542,7 +9130,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.Call return ret, nil } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall struct { +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall struct { s *Service parent string urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams @@ -7551,67 +9139,51 @@ type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall struct { header_ http.Header } -// List: Lists packages. +// List: Lists tags. // -// - parent: The name of the parent resource whose packages will be listed. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesService) List(parent string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} +// - parent: The name of the parent package whose tags will be listed. For +// example: +// `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1`. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsService) List(parent string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.parent = parent return c } // Filter sets the optional parameter "filter": An expression for filtering the // results of the request. Filter rules are case insensitive. The fields -// eligible for filtering are: * `name` * `annotations` Examples of using a -// filter: To filter the results of your request to packages with the name -// `my-package` in project `my-project` in the `us-central` region, in -// repository `my-repo`, append the following filter expression to your -// request: * +// eligible for filtering are: * `name` * `version` Examples of using a filter: +// To filter the results of your request to tags with the name `my-tag` in +// package `my-package` in repository `my-repo` in project "y-project` in the +// us-central region, append the following filter expression to your request: * // `name="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/package -// s/my-package" You can also use wildcards to match any number of characters -// before or after the value: * +// s/my-package/tags/my-tag" You can also use wildcards to match any number of +// characters before or after the value: * // `name="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/package -// s/my-*" * +// s/my-package/tags/my*" * // `name="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/package -// s/*package" * +// s/my-package/tags/*tag" * // `name="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/package -// s/*pack*" To filter the results of your request to packages with the -// annotation key-value pair [`external_link`: `external_link_value`], append -// the following filter expression to your request": * -// "annotations.external_link:external_link_value" To filter the results just -// for a specific annotation key `external_link`, append the following filter -// expression to your request: * "annotations.external_link" If the -// annotation key or value contains special characters, you can escape them by -// surrounding the value with backticks. For example, to filter the results of -// your request to packages with the annotation key-value pair -// [`external.link`:`https://example.com/my-package`], append the following -// filter expression to your request: * “ -// "annotations.`external.link`:`https://example.com/my-package" “ You can -// also filter with annotations with a wildcard to match any number of -// characters before or after the value: * “ -// "annotations.*_link:`*example.com*" “ -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) Filter(filter string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall { +// s/my-package/tags/*tag*" To filter the results of your request to tags +// applied to the version `1.0` in package `my-package`, append the following +// filter expression to your request: * +// `version="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/pack +// ages/my-package/versions/1.0" +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) Filter(filter string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall { c.urlParams_.Set("filter", filter) return c } -// OrderBy sets the optional parameter "orderBy": The field to order the -// results by. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) OrderBy(orderBy string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall { - c.urlParams_.Set("orderBy", orderBy) - return c -} - -// PageSize sets the optional parameter "pageSize": The maximum number of -// packages to return. Maximum page size is 1,000. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) PageSize(pageSize int64) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall { +// PageSize sets the optional parameter "pageSize": The maximum number of tags +// to return. Maximum page size is 1,000. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) PageSize(pageSize int64) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall { c.urlParams_.Set("pageSize", fmt.Sprint(pageSize)) return c } // PageToken sets the optional parameter "pageToken": The next_page_token value // returned from a previous list request, if any. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) PageToken(pageToken string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) PageToken(pageToken string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall { c.urlParams_.Set("pageToken", pageToken) return c } @@ -7619,7 +9191,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) PageToken(pageToken stri // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } @@ -7627,27 +9199,27 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Fi // IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the // object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates // only after the object has changed since the last request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall { c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag return c } // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) @@ -7655,7 +9227,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) doRequest(alt string) (* var body io.Reader = nil c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") - urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/packages") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/tags") urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) if err != nil { @@ -7668,13 +9240,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) doRequest(alt string) (* return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.list" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.tags.list" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *ListPackagesResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned -// at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to +// *ListTagsResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at +// all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to // check whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was // returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*ListPackagesResponse, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*ListTagsResponse, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -7693,7 +9265,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.Cal if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &ListPackagesResponse{ + ret := &ListTagsResponse{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -7709,7 +9281,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.Cal // Pages invokes f for each page of results. // A non-nil error returned from f will halt the iteration. // The provided context supersedes any context provided to the Context method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) Pages(ctx context.Context, f func(*ListPackagesResponse) error) error { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) Pages(ctx context.Context, f func(*ListTagsResponse) error) error { c.ctx_ = ctx defer c.PageToken(c.urlParams_.Get("pageToken")) for { @@ -7727,31 +9299,33 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesListCall) Pages(ctx context.Contex } } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall struct { +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsPatchCall struct { s *Service name string - package_ *Package + tag *Tag urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams ctx_ context.Context header_ http.Header } -// Patch: Updates a package. +// Patch: Updates a tag. // -// - name: The name of the package, for example: -// `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1`. If -// the package ID part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesService) Patch(name string, package_ *Package) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} +// - name: The name of the tag, for example: +// "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/tags/ta +// g1". If the package part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. The +// tag part can only have characters in [a-zA-Z0-9\-._~:@], anything else +// must be URL encoded. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsService) Patch(name string, tag *Tag) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsPatchCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsPatchCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name - c.package_ = package_ + c.tag = tag return c } // UpdateMask sets the optional parameter "updateMask": The update mask applies // to the resource. For the `FieldMask` definition, see // https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall) UpdateMask(updateMask string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsPatchCall) UpdateMask(updateMask string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsPatchCall { c.urlParams_.Set("updateMask", updateMask) return c } @@ -7759,30 +9333,30 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall) UpdateMask(updateMask s // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsPatchCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsPatchCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsPatchCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsPatchCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsPatchCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsPatchCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "application/json", c.header_) var body io.Reader = nil - body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.package_) + body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.tag) if err != nil { return nil, err } @@ -7801,12 +9375,12 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall) doRequest(alt string) ( return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.patch" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.tags.patch" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *Package.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in +// *Tag.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in // error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check // whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Package, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsPatchCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Tag, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -7825,7 +9399,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.Ca if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &Package{ + ret := &Tag{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -7838,65 +9412,59 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesPatchCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.Ca return ret, nil } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall struct { - s *Service - parent string - tag *Tag - urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams - ctx_ context.Context - header_ http.Header +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsBatchDeleteCall struct { + s *Service + parent string + batchdeleteversionsrequest *BatchDeleteVersionsRequest + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header } -// Create: Creates a tag. +// BatchDelete: Deletes multiple versions across a repository. The returned +// operation will complete once the versions have been deleted. // -// - parent: The name of the parent resource where the tag will be created. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsService) Create(parent string, tag *Tag) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} +// - parent: The name of the repository holding all requested versions. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsService) BatchDelete(parent string, batchdeleteversionsrequest *BatchDeleteVersionsRequest) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsBatchDeleteCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsBatchDeleteCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.parent = parent - c.tag = tag - return c -} - -// TagId sets the optional parameter "tagId": The tag id to use for this -// repository. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall) TagId(tagId string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall { - c.urlParams_.Set("tagId", tagId) + c.batchdeleteversionsrequest = batchdeleteversionsrequest return c } // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsBatchDeleteCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsBatchDeleteCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsBatchDeleteCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsBatchDeleteCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsBatchDeleteCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsBatchDeleteCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "application/json", c.header_) var body io.Reader = nil - body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.tag) + body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.batchdeleteversionsrequest) if err != nil { return nil, err } c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") - urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/tags") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/versions:batchDelete") urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", urls, body) if err != nil { @@ -7909,12 +9477,12 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall) doRequest(alt stri return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.tags.create" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.batchDelete" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *Tag.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in +// *Operation.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in // error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check // whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Tag, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsBatchDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Operation, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -7933,7 +9501,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall) Do(opts ...googlea if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &Tag{ + ret := &Operation{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -7946,7 +9514,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsCreateCall) Do(opts ...googlea return ret, nil } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsDeleteCall struct { +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall struct { s *Service name string urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams @@ -7954,39 +9522,48 @@ type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsDeleteCall struct { header_ http.Header } -// Delete: Deletes a tag. +// Delete: Deletes a version and all of its content. The returned operation +// will complete once the version has been deleted. // -// - name: The name of the tag to delete. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsService) Delete(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsDeleteCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsDeleteCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} +// - name: The name of the version to delete. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsService) Delete(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name return c } +// Force sets the optional parameter "force": By default, a version that is +// tagged may not be deleted. If force=true, the version and any tags pointing +// to the version are deleted. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall) Force(force bool) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("force", fmt.Sprint(force)) + return c +} + // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsDeleteCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsDeleteCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsDeleteCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsDeleteCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsDeleteCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsDeleteCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) var body io.Reader = nil c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) @@ -8004,12 +9581,12 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsDeleteCall) doRequest(alt stri return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.tags.delete" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.delete" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *Empty.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in +// *Operation.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in // error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check // whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Empty, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Operation, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -8028,7 +9605,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googlea if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &Empty{ + ret := &Operation{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -8041,7 +9618,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googlea return ret, nil } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall struct { +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall struct { s *Service name string urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams @@ -8050,19 +9627,38 @@ type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall struct { header_ http.Header } -// Get: Gets a tag. +// Get: Gets a version // -// - name: The name of the tag to retrieve. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsService) Get(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} +// - name: The name of the version to retrieve. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsService) Get(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name return c } +// View sets the optional parameter "view": The view that should be returned in +// the response. +// +// Possible values: +// +// "VERSION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED" - The default / unset value. The API will +// +// default to the BASIC view. +// +// "BASIC" - Includes basic information about the version, but not any +// +// related tags. +// +// "FULL" - Include everything. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall) View(view string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("view", view) + return c +} + // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } @@ -8070,27 +9666,27 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi // IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the // object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates // only after the object has changed since the last request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall { c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag return c } // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) @@ -8111,12 +9707,12 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall) doRequest(alt string) return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.tags.get" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.get" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *Tag.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in +// *Version.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in // error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check // whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Tag, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Version, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -8135,7 +9731,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi. if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &Tag{ + ret := &Version{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -8148,7 +9744,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi. return ret, nil } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall struct { +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall struct { s *Service parent string urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams @@ -8157,59 +9753,94 @@ type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall struct { header_ http.Header } -// List: Lists tags. +// List: Lists versions. // -// - parent: The name of the parent package whose tags will be listed. For -// example: -// `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1`. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsService) List(parent string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} +// - parent: The name of the parent resource whose versions will be listed. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsService) List(parent string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.parent = parent return c } // Filter sets the optional parameter "filter": An expression for filtering the // results of the request. Filter rules are case insensitive. The fields -// eligible for filtering are: * `name` * `version` Examples of using a filter: -// To filter the results of your request to tags with the name `my-tag` in -// package `my-package` in repository `my-repo` in project "y-project` in the -// us-central region, append the following filter expression to your request: * +// eligible for filtering are: * `name` * `annotations` Examples of using a +// filter: To filter the results of your request to versions with the name +// `my-version` in project `my-project` in the `us-central` region, in +// repository `my-repo`, append the following filter expression to your +// request: * // `name="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/package -// s/my-package/tags/my-tag" You can also use wildcards to match any number of -// characters before or after the value: * +// s/my-package/versions/my-version" You can also use wildcards to match any +// number of characters before or after the value: * // `name="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/package -// s/my-package/tags/my*" * +// s/my-package/versions/*version" * // `name="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/package -// s/my-package/tags/*tag" * +// s/my-package/versions/my*" * // `name="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/package -// s/my-package/tags/*tag*" To filter the results of your request to tags -// applied to the version `1.0` in package `my-package`, append the following -// filter expression to your request: * -// `version="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/pack -// ages/my-package/versions/1.0" -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) Filter(filter string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall { +// s/my-package/versions/*version*" To filter the results of your request to +// versions with the annotation key-value pair [`external_link`: +// `external_link_value`], append the following filter expression to your +// request: * "annotations.external_link:external_link_value" To filter just +// for a specific annotation key `external_link`, append the following filter +// expression to your request: * "annotations.external_link" If the +// annotation key or value contains special characters, you can escape them by +// surrounding the value with backticks. For example, to filter the results of +// your request to versions with the annotation key-value pair +// [`external.link`:`https://example.com/my-version`], append the following +// filter expression to your request: * “ +// "annotations.`external.link`:`https://example.com/my-version" “ You can +// also filter with annotations with a wildcard to match any number of +// characters before or after the value: * “ +// "annotations.*_link:`*example.com*" “ +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) Filter(filter string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall { c.urlParams_.Set("filter", filter) return c } -// PageSize sets the optional parameter "pageSize": The maximum number of tags -// to return. Maximum page size is 1,000. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) PageSize(pageSize int64) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall { +// OrderBy sets the optional parameter "orderBy": The field to order the +// results by. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) OrderBy(orderBy string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("orderBy", orderBy) + return c +} + +// PageSize sets the optional parameter "pageSize": The maximum number of +// versions to return. Maximum page size is 1,000. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) PageSize(pageSize int64) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall { c.urlParams_.Set("pageSize", fmt.Sprint(pageSize)) return c } // PageToken sets the optional parameter "pageToken": The next_page_token value // returned from a previous list request, if any. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) PageToken(pageToken string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) PageToken(pageToken string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall { c.urlParams_.Set("pageToken", pageToken) return c } +// View sets the optional parameter "view": The view that should be returned in +// the response. +// +// Possible values: +// +// "VERSION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED" - The default / unset value. The API will +// +// default to the BASIC view. +// +// "BASIC" - Includes basic information about the version, but not any +// +// related tags. +// +// "FULL" - Include everything. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) View(view string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("view", view) + return c +} + // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } @@ -8217,27 +9848,27 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) Fields(s ...googleap // IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the // object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates // only after the object has changed since the last request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall { c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag return c } // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) @@ -8245,7 +9876,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) doRequest(alt string var body io.Reader = nil c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") - urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/tags") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/versions") urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) if err != nil { @@ -8258,13 +9889,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) doRequest(alt string return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.tags.list" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.list" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *ListTagsResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at -// all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to +// *ListVersionsResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned +// at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to // check whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was // returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*ListTagsResponse, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*ListVersionsResponse, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -8283,7 +9914,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &ListTagsResponse{ + ret := &ListVersionsResponse{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -8299,7 +9930,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi // Pages invokes f for each page of results. // A non-nil error returned from f will halt the iteration. // The provided context supersedes any context provided to the Context method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) Pages(ctx context.Context, f func(*ListTagsResponse) error) error { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) Pages(ctx context.Context, f func(*ListVersionsResponse) error) error { c.ctx_ = ctx defer c.PageToken(c.urlParams_.Get("pageToken")) for { @@ -8317,190 +9948,87 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsListCall) Pages(ctx context.Co } } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsPatchCall struct { +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsPatchCall struct { s *Service name string - tag *Tag + version *Version urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams ctx_ context.Context header_ http.Header } -// Patch: Updates a tag. -// -// - name: The name of the tag, for example: -// "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/tags/ta -// g1". If the package part contains slashes, the slashes are escaped. The -// tag part can only have characters in [a-zA-Z0-9\-._~:@], anything else -// must be URL encoded. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsService) Patch(name string, tag *Tag) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsPatchCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsPatchCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} - c.name = name - c.tag = tag - return c -} - -// UpdateMask sets the optional parameter "updateMask": The update mask applies -// to the resource. For the `FieldMask` definition, see -// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsPatchCall) UpdateMask(updateMask string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsPatchCall { - c.urlParams_.Set("updateMask", updateMask) - return c -} - -// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See -// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more -// details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsPatchCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsPatchCall { - c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) - return c -} - -// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsPatchCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsPatchCall { - c.ctx_ = ctx - return c -} - -// Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add -// headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsPatchCall) Header() http.Header { - if c.header_ == nil { - c.header_ = make(http.Header) - } - return c.header_ -} - -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsPatchCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { - reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "application/json", c.header_) - var body io.Reader = nil - body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.tag) - if err != nil { - return nil, err - } - c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) - c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") - urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+name}") - urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() - req, err := http.NewRequest("PATCH", urls, body) - if err != nil { - return nil, err - } - req.Header = reqHeaders - googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ - "name": c.name, - }) - return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) -} - -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.tags.patch" call. -// Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *Tag.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in -// error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check -// whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesTagsPatchCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Tag, error) { - gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) - res, err := c.doRequest("json") - if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { - if res.Body != nil { - res.Body.Close() - } - return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ - Code: res.StatusCode, - Header: res.Header, - }) - } - if err != nil { - return nil, err - } - defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) - if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { - return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) - } - ret := &Tag{ - ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ - Header: res.Header, - HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, - }, - } - target := &ret - if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { - return nil, err - } - return ret, nil -} - -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsBatchDeleteCall struct { - s *Service - parent string - batchdeleteversionsrequest *BatchDeleteVersionsRequest - urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams - ctx_ context.Context - header_ http.Header -} - -// BatchDelete: Deletes multiple versions across a repository. The returned -// operation will complete once the versions have been deleted. -// -// - parent: The name of the repository holding all requested versions. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsService) BatchDelete(parent string, batchdeleteversionsrequest *BatchDeleteVersionsRequest) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsBatchDeleteCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsBatchDeleteCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} - c.parent = parent - c.batchdeleteversionsrequest = batchdeleteversionsrequest +// Patch: Updates a version. +// +// - name: The name of the version, for example: +// "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/packages/pkg1/version +// s/art1". If the package or version ID parts contain slashes, the slashes +// are escaped. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsService) Patch(name string, version *Version) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsPatchCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsPatchCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.name = name + c.version = version + return c +} + +// UpdateMask sets the optional parameter "updateMask": The update mask applies +// to the resource. For the `FieldMask` definition, see +// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsPatchCall) UpdateMask(updateMask string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsPatchCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("updateMask", updateMask) return c } // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsBatchDeleteCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsBatchDeleteCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsPatchCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsPatchCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsBatchDeleteCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsBatchDeleteCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsPatchCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsPatchCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsBatchDeleteCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsPatchCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsBatchDeleteCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsPatchCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "application/json", c.header_) var body io.Reader = nil - body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.batchdeleteversionsrequest) + body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.version) if err != nil { return nil, err } c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") - urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/versions:batchDelete") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+name}") urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() - req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", urls, body) + req, err := http.NewRequest("PATCH", urls, body) if err != nil { return nil, err } req.Header = reqHeaders googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ - "parent": c.parent, + "name": c.name, }) return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.batchDelete" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.patch" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *Operation.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in +// *Version.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in // error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check // whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsBatchDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Operation, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsPatchCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Version, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -8519,7 +10047,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsBatchDeleteCall) Do(opts . if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &Operation{ + ret := &Version{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -8532,63 +10060,66 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsBatchDeleteCall) Do(opts . return ret, nil } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall struct { - s *Service - name string - urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams - ctx_ context.Context - header_ http.Header +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall struct { + s *Service + name string + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ifNoneMatch_ string + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header } -// Delete: Deletes a version and all of its content. The returned operation -// will complete once the version has been deleted. +// Get: Gets a python package. // -// - name: The name of the version to delete. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsService) Delete(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} +// - name: The name of the python package. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesService) Get(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name return c } -// Force sets the optional parameter "force": By default, a version that is -// tagged may not be deleted. If force=true, the version and any tags pointing -// to the version are deleted. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall) Force(force bool) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall { - c.urlParams_.Set("force", fmt.Sprint(force)) - return c -} - // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } +// IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the +// object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates +// only after the object has changed since the last request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall { + c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag + return c +} + // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) + if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { + reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) + } var body io.Reader = nil c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+name}") urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() - req, err := http.NewRequest("DELETE", urls, body) + req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) if err != nil { return nil, err } @@ -8599,12 +10130,12 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall) doRequest(alt return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.delete" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.pythonPackages.get" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *Operation.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in -// error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check +// *PythonPackage.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) +// in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check // whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Operation, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*PythonPackage, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -8623,7 +10154,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall) Do(opts ...goo if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &Operation{ + ret := &PythonPackage{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -8636,47 +10167,43 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsDeleteCall) Do(opts ...goo return ret, nil } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall struct { +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall struct { s *Service - name string + parent string urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams ifNoneMatch_ string ctx_ context.Context header_ http.Header } -// Get: Gets a version +// List: Lists python packages. // -// - name: The name of the version to retrieve. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsService) Get(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} - c.name = name +// - parent: The name of the parent resource whose python packages will be +// listed. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesService) List(parent string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.parent = parent return c } -// View sets the optional parameter "view": The view that should be returned in -// the response. -// -// Possible values: -// -// "VERSION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED" - The default / unset value. The API will -// -// default to the BASIC view. -// -// "BASIC" - Includes basic information about the version, but not any -// -// related tags. -// -// "FULL" - Include everything. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall) View(view string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall { - c.urlParams_.Set("view", view) +// PageSize sets the optional parameter "pageSize": The maximum number of +// artifacts to return. Maximum page size is 1,000. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) PageSize(pageSize int64) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("pageSize", fmt.Sprint(pageSize)) + return c +} + +// PageToken sets the optional parameter "pageToken": The next_page_token value +// returned from a previous list request, if any. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) PageToken(pageToken string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("pageToken", pageToken) return c } // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } @@ -8684,27 +10211,27 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall) Fields(s ...googl // IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the // object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates // only after the object has changed since the last request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall { c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag return c } // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) @@ -8712,7 +10239,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall) doRequest(alt str var body io.Reader = nil c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") - urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+name}") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/pythonPackages") urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) if err != nil { @@ -8720,17 +10247,18 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall) doRequest(alt str } req.Header = reqHeaders googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ - "name": c.name, + "parent": c.parent, }) return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.get" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.pythonPackages.list" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *Version.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in -// error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check -// whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Version, error) { +// *ListPythonPackagesResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was +// returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use +// googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was because +// http.StatusNotModified was returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*ListPythonPackagesResponse, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -8749,7 +10277,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall) Do(opts ...google if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &Version{ + ret := &ListPythonPackagesResponse{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -8762,158 +10290,200 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsGetCall) Do(opts ...google return ret, nil } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall struct { - s *Service - parent string - urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams - ifNoneMatch_ string - ctx_ context.Context - header_ http.Header +// Pages invokes f for each page of results. +// A non-nil error returned from f will halt the iteration. +// The provided context supersedes any context provided to the Context method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) Pages(ctx context.Context, f func(*ListPythonPackagesResponse) error) error { + c.ctx_ = ctx + defer c.PageToken(c.urlParams_.Get("pageToken")) + for { + x, err := c.Do() + if err != nil { + return err + } + if err := f(x); err != nil { + return err + } + if x.NextPageToken == "" { + return nil + } + c.PageToken(x.NextPageToken) + } } -// List: Lists versions. +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesCreateCall struct { + s *Service + parent string + googledevtoolsartifactregistryv1rule *GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// Create: Creates a rule. // -// - parent: The name of the parent resource whose versions will be listed. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsService) List(parent string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} +// - parent: The name of the parent resource where the rule will be created. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesService) Create(parent string, googledevtoolsartifactregistryv1rule *GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesCreateCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesCreateCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.parent = parent + c.googledevtoolsartifactregistryv1rule = googledevtoolsartifactregistryv1rule return c } -// Filter sets the optional parameter "filter": An expression for filtering the -// results of the request. Filter rules are case insensitive. The fields -// eligible for filtering are: * `name` * `annotations` Examples of using a -// filter: To filter the results of your request to versions with the name -// `my-version` in project `my-project` in the `us-central` region, in -// repository `my-repo`, append the following filter expression to your -// request: * -// `name="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/package -// s/my-package/versions/my-version" You can also use wildcards to match any -// number of characters before or after the value: * -// `name="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/package -// s/my-package/versions/*version" * -// `name="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/package -// s/my-package/versions/my*" * -// `name="projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/repositories/my-repo/package -// s/my-package/versions/*version*" To filter the results of your request to -// versions with the annotation key-value pair [`external_link`: -// `external_link_value`], append the following filter expression to your -// request: * "annotations.external_link:external_link_value" To filter just -// for a specific annotation key `external_link`, append the following filter -// expression to your request: * "annotations.external_link" If the -// annotation key or value contains special characters, you can escape them by -// surrounding the value with backticks. For example, to filter the results of -// your request to versions with the annotation key-value pair -// [`external.link`:`https://example.com/my-version`], append the following -// filter expression to your request: * “ -// "annotations.`external.link`:`https://example.com/my-version" “ You can -// also filter with annotations with a wildcard to match any number of -// characters before or after the value: * “ -// "annotations.*_link:`*example.com*" “ -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) Filter(filter string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall { - c.urlParams_.Set("filter", filter) +// RuleId sets the optional parameter "ruleId": The rule id to use for this +// repository. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesCreateCall) RuleId(ruleId string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesCreateCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("ruleId", ruleId) return c } -// OrderBy sets the optional parameter "orderBy": The field to order the -// results by. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) OrderBy(orderBy string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall { - c.urlParams_.Set("orderBy", orderBy) +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more +// details. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesCreateCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesCreateCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesCreateCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesCreateCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx return c } -// PageSize sets the optional parameter "pageSize": The maximum number of -// versions to return. Maximum page size is 1,000. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) PageSize(pageSize int64) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall { - c.urlParams_.Set("pageSize", fmt.Sprint(pageSize)) - return c +// Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add +// headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesCreateCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesCreateCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "application/json", c.header_) + var body io.Reader = nil + body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.googledevtoolsartifactregistryv1rule) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/rules") + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "parent": c.parent, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.rules.create" call. +// Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either +// *GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule.ServerResponse.Header or (if a +// response was returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use +// googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was because +// http.StatusNotModified was returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesCreateCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + ret := &GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil } -// PageToken sets the optional parameter "pageToken": The next_page_token value -// returned from a previous list request, if any. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) PageToken(pageToken string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall { - c.urlParams_.Set("pageToken", pageToken) - return c +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesDeleteCall struct { + s *Service + name string + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header } -// View sets the optional parameter "view": The view that should be returned in -// the response. -// -// Possible values: -// -// "VERSION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED" - The default / unset value. The API will -// -// default to the BASIC view. -// -// "BASIC" - Includes basic information about the version, but not any -// -// related tags. +// Delete: Deletes a rule. // -// "FULL" - Include everything. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) View(view string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall { - c.urlParams_.Set("view", view) +// - name: The name of the rule to delete. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesService) Delete(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesDeleteCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesDeleteCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.name = name return c } // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesDeleteCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesDeleteCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } -// IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the -// object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates -// only after the object has changed since the last request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall { - c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag - return c -} - // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesDeleteCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesDeleteCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesDeleteCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesDeleteCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) - if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { - reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) - } var body io.Reader = nil c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") - urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/versions") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+name}") urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() - req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) + req, err := http.NewRequest("DELETE", urls, body) if err != nil { return nil, err } req.Header = reqHeaders googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ - "parent": c.parent, + "name": c.name, }) return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.list" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.rules.delete" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *ListVersionsResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned -// at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to -// check whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was -// returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*ListVersionsResponse, error) { +// *Empty.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) in +// error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check +// whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesDeleteCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Empty, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -8932,7 +10502,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) Do(opts ...googl if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &ListVersionsResponse{ + ret := &Empty{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -8945,28 +10515,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) Do(opts ...googl return ret, nil } -// Pages invokes f for each page of results. -// A non-nil error returned from f will halt the iteration. -// The provided context supersedes any context provided to the Context method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPackagesVersionsListCall) Pages(ctx context.Context, f func(*ListVersionsResponse) error) error { - c.ctx_ = ctx - defer c.PageToken(c.urlParams_.Get("pageToken")) - for { - x, err := c.Do() - if err != nil { - return err - } - if err := f(x); err != nil { - return err - } - if x.NextPageToken == "" { - return nil - } - c.PageToken(x.NextPageToken) - } -} - -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall struct { +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesGetCall struct { s *Service name string urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams @@ -8975,11 +10524,11 @@ type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall struct { header_ http.Header } -// Get: Gets a python package. +// Get: Gets a rule. // -// - name: The name of the python package. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesService) Get(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} +// - name: The name of the rule to retrieve. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesService) Get(name string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesGetCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesGetCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.name = name return c } @@ -8987,7 +10536,7 @@ func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesService) Get(name string) *P // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesGetCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesGetCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } @@ -8995,27 +10544,27 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall) Fields(s ...googlea // IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the // object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates // only after the object has changed since the last request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesGetCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesGetCall { c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag return c } // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesGetCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesGetCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesGetCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) @@ -9036,12 +10585,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall) doRequest(alt strin return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.pythonPackages.get" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.rules.get" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *PythonPackage.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at all) -// in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to check -// whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*PythonPackage, error) { +// *GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule.ServerResponse.Header or (if a +// response was returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use +// googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was because +// http.StatusNotModified was returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesGetCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -9060,7 +10610,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall) Do(opts ...googleap if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &PythonPackage{ + ret := &GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -9073,7 +10623,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesGetCall) Do(opts ...googleap return ret, nil } -type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall struct { +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesListCall struct { s *Service parent string urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams @@ -9082,26 +10632,26 @@ type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall struct { header_ http.Header } -// List: Lists python packages. +// List: Lists rules. // -// - parent: The name of the parent resource whose python packages will be -// listed. -func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesService) List(parent string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall { - c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} +// - parent: The name of the parent repository whose rules will be listed. For +// example: `projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1`. +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesService) List(parent string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesListCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesListCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} c.parent = parent return c } -// PageSize sets the optional parameter "pageSize": The maximum number of -// artifacts to return. Maximum page size is 1,000. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) PageSize(pageSize int64) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall { +// PageSize sets the optional parameter "pageSize": The maximum number of rules +// to return. Maximum page size is 1,000. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesListCall) PageSize(pageSize int64) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesListCall { c.urlParams_.Set("pageSize", fmt.Sprint(pageSize)) return c } // PageToken sets the optional parameter "pageToken": The next_page_token value // returned from a previous list request, if any. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) PageToken(pageToken string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesListCall) PageToken(pageToken string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesListCall { c.urlParams_.Set("pageToken", pageToken) return c } @@ -9109,7 +10659,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) PageToken(pageToke // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesListCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesListCall { c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) return c } @@ -9117,27 +10667,27 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) Fields(s ...google // IfNoneMatch sets an optional parameter which makes the operation fail if the // object's ETag matches the given value. This is useful for getting updates // only after the object has changed since the last request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesListCall) IfNoneMatch(entityTag string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesListCall { c.ifNoneMatch_ = entityTag return c } // Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesListCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesListCall { c.ctx_ = ctx return c } // Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add // headers to the request. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) Header() http.Header { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesListCall) Header() http.Header { if c.header_ == nil { c.header_ = make(http.Header) } return c.header_ } -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "", c.header_) if c.ifNoneMatch_ != "" { reqHeaders.Set("If-None-Match", c.ifNoneMatch_) @@ -9145,7 +10695,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) doRequest(alt stri var body io.Reader = nil c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") - urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/pythonPackages") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+parent}/rules") urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() req, err := http.NewRequest("GET", urls, body) if err != nil { @@ -9158,13 +10708,13 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) doRequest(alt stri return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) } -// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.pythonPackages.list" call. +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.rules.list" call. // Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either -// *ListPythonPackagesResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was -// returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use -// googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was because -// http.StatusNotModified was returned. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*ListPythonPackagesResponse, error) { +// *ListRulesResponse.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was returned at +// all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use googleapi.IsNotModified to +// check whether the returned error was because http.StatusNotModified was +// returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesListCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*ListRulesResponse, error) { gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) res, err := c.doRequest("json") if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { @@ -9183,7 +10733,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) Do(opts ...googlea if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) } - ret := &ListPythonPackagesResponse{ + ret := &ListRulesResponse{ ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ Header: res.Header, HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, @@ -9199,7 +10749,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) Do(opts ...googlea // Pages invokes f for each page of results. // A non-nil error returned from f will halt the iteration. // The provided context supersedes any context provided to the Context method. -func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) Pages(ctx context.Context, f func(*ListPythonPackagesResponse) error) error { +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesListCall) Pages(ctx context.Context, f func(*ListRulesResponse) error) error { c.ctx_ = ctx defer c.PageToken(c.urlParams_.Get("pageToken")) for { @@ -9217,6 +10767,117 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesPythonPackagesListCall) Pages(ctx context. } } +type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesPatchCall struct { + s *Service + name string + googledevtoolsartifactregistryv1rule *GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// Patch: Updates a rule. +// +// - name: The name of the rule, for example: +// "projects/p1/locations/us-central1/repositories/repo1/rules/rule1". +func (r *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesService) Patch(name string, googledevtoolsartifactregistryv1rule *GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesPatchCall { + c := &ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesPatchCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.name = name + c.googledevtoolsartifactregistryv1rule = googledevtoolsartifactregistryv1rule + return c +} + +// UpdateMask sets the optional parameter "updateMask": The update mask applies +// to the resource. For the `FieldMask` definition, see +// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#fieldmask +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesPatchCall) UpdateMask(updateMask string) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesPatchCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("updateMask", updateMask) + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more +// details. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesPatchCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesPatchCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesPatchCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesPatchCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add +// headers to the request. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesPatchCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesPatchCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "application/json", c.header_) + var body io.Reader = nil + body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.googledevtoolsartifactregistryv1rule) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "v1/{+name}") + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("PATCH", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "name": c.name, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "artifactregistry.projects.locations.repositories.rules.patch" call. +// Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either +// *GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule.ServerResponse.Header or (if a +// response was returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use +// googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was because +// http.StatusNotModified was returned. +func (c *ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesRulesPatchCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + ret := &GoogleDevtoolsArtifactregistryV1Rule{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil +} + type ProjectsLocationsRepositoriesYumArtifactsImportCall struct { s *Service parent string diff --git a/connectors/v1/connectors-api.json b/connectors/v1/connectors-api.json index 4470a42cb8..3a7a6c5cce 100644 --- a/connectors/v1/connectors-api.json +++ b/connectors/v1/connectors-api.json @@ -2497,7 +2497,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20240918", + "revision": "20240924", "rootUrl": "https://connectors.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -3454,6 +3454,10 @@ "description": "This cofiguration provides infra configs like rate limit threshold which need to be configurable for every connector version", "id": "ConnectorInfraConfig", "properties": { + "alwaysAllocateCpu": { + "description": "Indicates that the Cloud Run CPU should always be allocated.", + "type": "boolean" + }, "connectionRatelimitWindowSeconds": { "description": "The window used for ratelimiting runtime requests to connections.", "format": "int64", @@ -3495,6 +3499,10 @@ "description": "Indicate whether connector is being migrated to TLS.", "type": "boolean" }, + "provisionCloudSpanner": { + "description": "Indicate whether cloud spanner is required for connector job.", + "type": "boolean" + }, "ratelimitThreshold": { "description": "Max QPS supported by the connector version before throttling of requests.", "format": "int64", diff --git a/connectors/v1/connectors-gen.go b/connectors/v1/connectors-gen.go index c18c3390d5..f1bc0db1b7 100644 --- a/connectors/v1/connectors-gen.go +++ b/connectors/v1/connectors-gen.go @@ -1267,6 +1267,9 @@ func (s Connector) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { // ConnectorInfraConfig: This cofiguration provides infra configs like rate // limit threshold which need to be configurable for every connector version type ConnectorInfraConfig struct { + // AlwaysAllocateCpu: Indicates that the Cloud Run CPU should always be + // allocated. + AlwaysAllocateCpu bool `json:"alwaysAllocateCpu,omitempty"` // ConnectionRatelimitWindowSeconds: The window used for ratelimiting runtime // requests to connections. ConnectionRatelimitWindowSeconds int64 `json:"connectionRatelimitWindowSeconds,omitempty,string"` @@ -1290,6 +1293,9 @@ type ConnectorInfraConfig struct { MigrateDeploymentModel bool `json:"migrateDeploymentModel,omitempty"` // MigrateTls: Indicate whether connector is being migrated to TLS. MigrateTls bool `json:"migrateTls,omitempty"` + // ProvisionCloudSpanner: Indicate whether cloud spanner is required for + // connector job. + ProvisionCloudSpanner bool `json:"provisionCloudSpanner,omitempty"` // RatelimitThreshold: Max QPS supported by the connector version before // throttling of requests. RatelimitThreshold int64 `json:"ratelimitThreshold,omitempty,string"` @@ -1299,18 +1305,16 @@ type ConnectorInfraConfig struct { ResourceRequests *ResourceRequests `json:"resourceRequests,omitempty"` // SharedDeployment: The name of shared connector deployment. SharedDeployment string `json:"sharedDeployment,omitempty"` - // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. - // "ConnectionRatelimitWindowSeconds") to unconditionally include in API - // requests. By default, fields with empty or default values are omitted from - // API requests. See + // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "AlwaysAllocateCpu") to + // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or + // default values are omitted from API requests. See // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-ForceSendFields for more // details. ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"` - // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. - // "ConnectionRatelimitWindowSeconds") to include in API requests with the JSON - // null value. By default, fields with empty values are omitted from API - // requests. See https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-NullFields for - // more details. + // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "AlwaysAllocateCpu") to include in + // API requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields with empty values + // are omitted from API requests. See + // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-NullFields for more details. NullFields []string `json:"-"` } diff --git a/contactcenterinsights/v1/contactcenterinsights-api.json b/contactcenterinsights/v1/contactcenterinsights-api.json index a2e8fab6e0..da15fa5174 100644 --- a/contactcenterinsights/v1/contactcenterinsights-api.json +++ b/contactcenterinsights/v1/contactcenterinsights-api.json @@ -284,8 +284,7 @@ ] }, "create": { - "deprecated": true, - "description": "Creates a conversation. Does not support audio transcription or DLP redaction. Use `conversations.upload` instead.", + "description": "Creates a conversation. Note that this method does not support audio transcription or redaction. Use `conversations.upload` instead.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversations", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.conversations.create", @@ -435,7 +434,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "pageSize": { - "description": "The maximum number of conversations to return in the response. A valid page size ranges from 0 to 1,000 inclusive. If the page size is zero or unspecified, a default page size of 100 will be chosen. Note that a call might return fewer results than the requested page size.", + "description": "The maximum number of conversations to return in the response. A valid page size ranges from 0 to 100,000 inclusive. If the page size is zero or unspecified, a default page size of 100 will be chosen. Note that a call might return fewer results than the requested page size.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" @@ -1531,7 +1530,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20240910", + "revision": "20240925", "rootUrl": "https://contactcenterinsights.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Analysis": { diff --git a/contactcenterinsights/v1/contactcenterinsights-gen.go b/contactcenterinsights/v1/contactcenterinsights-gen.go index 1d3ae81996..c5a0eea2bf 100644 --- a/contactcenterinsights/v1/contactcenterinsights-gen.go +++ b/contactcenterinsights/v1/contactcenterinsights-gen.go @@ -7441,8 +7441,8 @@ type ProjectsLocationsConversationsCreateCall struct { header_ http.Header } -// Create: Creates a conversation. Does not support audio transcription or DLP -// redaction. Use `conversations.upload` instead. +// Create: Creates a conversation. Note that this method does not support audio +// transcription or redaction. Use `conversations.upload` instead. // // - parent: The parent resource of the conversation. func (r *ProjectsLocationsConversationsService) Create(parent string, googlecloudcontactcenterinsightsv1conversation *GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Conversation) *ProjectsLocationsConversationsCreateCall { @@ -7916,7 +7916,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsLocationsConversationsListCall) OrderBy(orderBy string) *Projec // PageSize sets the optional parameter "pageSize": The maximum number of // conversations to return in the response. A valid page size ranges from 0 to -// 1,000 inclusive. If the page size is zero or unspecified, a default page +// 100,000 inclusive. If the page size is zero or unspecified, a default page // size of 100 will be chosen. Note that a call might return fewer results than // the requested page size. func (c *ProjectsLocationsConversationsListCall) PageSize(pageSize int64) *ProjectsLocationsConversationsListCall { diff --git a/firebasedataconnect/v1beta/firebasedataconnect-api.json b/firebasedataconnect/v1beta/firebasedataconnect-api.json index 3e46dca983..1a8ef744ea 100644 --- a/firebasedataconnect/v1beta/firebasedataconnect-api.json +++ b/firebasedataconnect/v1beta/firebasedataconnect-api.json @@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20240918", + "revision": "20240924", "rootUrl": "https://firebasedataconnect.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { @@ -1634,6 +1634,10 @@ "Connect to the SQL database and validate that the SQL DDL has all the SQL resources used in the given Firebase Data Connect Schema. Surface any missing resources as `FAILED_PRECONDITION` with an `IncompatibleSqlSchemaError` error detail. Succeed even if there are unknown tables and columns." ], "type": "string" + }, + "unlinked": { + "description": "No Postgres data source is linked. If set, don't allow `database` and `schema_validation` to be configured.", + "type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/firebasedataconnect/v1beta/firebasedataconnect-gen.go b/firebasedataconnect/v1beta/firebasedataconnect-gen.go index 66cc4f576c..34207e4f0b 100644 --- a/firebasedataconnect/v1beta/firebasedataconnect-gen.go +++ b/firebasedataconnect/v1beta/firebasedataconnect-gen.go @@ -962,6 +962,9 @@ type PostgreSql struct { // `IncompatibleSqlSchemaError` error detail. Succeed even if there are unknown // tables and columns. SchemaValidation string `json:"schemaValidation,omitempty"` + // Unlinked: No Postgres data source is linked. If set, don't allow `database` + // and `schema_validation` to be configured. + Unlinked bool `json:"unlinked,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "CloudSql") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or // default values are omitted from API requests. See diff --git a/playdeveloperreporting/v1alpha1/playdeveloperreporting-api.json b/playdeveloperreporting/v1alpha1/playdeveloperreporting-api.json index 06b2646767..9c21e4f066 100644 --- a/playdeveloperreporting/v1alpha1/playdeveloperreporting-api.json +++ b/playdeveloperreporting/v1alpha1/playdeveloperreporting-api.json @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { - "description": "A selection predicate to retrieve only a subset of the reports. For filtering basics, please check [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160). ** Supported field names:** * `apiLevel`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested Android versions (specified as the numeric API level) only. Example: `apiLevel = 28 OR apiLevel = 29`. * `versionCode`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested app version codes only. Example: `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = 456`. * `deviceModel`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested devices. Example: `deviceModel = \"google/walleye\" OR deviceModel = \"google/marlin\"`. * `deviceBrand`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested device brands. Example: `deviceBrand = \"Google\". * `deviceType`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested device types. Example: `deviceType = \"PHONE\"`. * `errorIssueType`: Matches error reports of the requested types only. Valid candidates: `JAVA_CRASH`, `NATIVE_CRASH`, `ANR`. Example: `errorIssueType = JAVA_CRASH OR errorIssueType = NATIVE_CRASH`. * `errorIssueId`: Matches error reports belonging to the requested error issue ids only. Example: `errorIssueId = 1234 OR errorIssueId = 4567`. * `errorReportId`: Matches error reports with the requested error report id. Example: `errorReportId = 1234 OR errorReportId = 4567`. * `appProcessState`: Matches error reports on the process state of an app, indicating whether an app runs in the foreground (user-visible) or background. Valid candidates: `FOREGROUND`, `BACKGROUND`. Example: `appProcessState = FOREGROUND`. * `isUserPerceived`: Matches error reports that are user-perceived. It is not accompanied by any operators. Example: `isUserPerceived`. ** Supported operators:** * Comparison operators: The only supported comparison operator is equality. The filtered field must appear on the left hand side of the comparison. * Logical Operators: Logical operators `AND` and `OR` can be used to build complex filters following a conjunctive normal form (CNF), i.e., conjunctions of disjunctions. The `OR` operator takes precedence over `AND` so the use of parenthesis is not necessary when building CNF. The `OR` operator is only supported to build disjunctions that apply to the same field, e.g., `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = ANR`. The filter expression `versionCode = 123 OR errorIssueType = ANR` is not valid. ** Examples ** Some valid filtering expressions: * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = ANR` * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH` * `versionCode = 123 AND (errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH)`", + "description": "A selection predicate to retrieve only a subset of the reports. For filtering basics, please check [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160). ** Supported field names:** * `apiLevel`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested Android versions (specified as the numeric API level) only. Example: `apiLevel = 28 OR apiLevel = 29`. * `versionCode`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested app version codes only. Example: `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = 456`. * `deviceModel`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested devices. Example: `deviceModel = \"google/walleye\" OR deviceModel = \"google/marlin\"`. * `deviceBrand`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested device brands. Example: `deviceBrand = \"Google\". * `deviceType`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested device types. Example: `deviceType = \"PHONE\"`. * `errorIssueType`: Matches error reports of the requested types only. Valid candidates: `CRASH`, `ANR`. Example: `errorIssueType = CRASH OR errorIssueType = ANR`. * `errorIssueId`: Matches error reports belonging to the requested error issue ids only. Example: `errorIssueId = 1234 OR errorIssueId = 4567`. * `errorReportId`: Matches error reports with the requested error report id. Example: `errorReportId = 1234 OR errorReportId = 4567`. * `appProcessState`: Matches error reports on the process state of an app, indicating whether an app runs in the foreground (user-visible) or background. Valid candidates: `FOREGROUND`, `BACKGROUND`. Example: `appProcessState = FOREGROUND`. * `isUserPerceived`: Matches error reports that are user-perceived. It is not accompanied by any operators. Example: `isUserPerceived`. ** Supported operators:** * Comparison operators: The only supported comparison operator is equality. The filtered field must appear on the left hand side of the comparison. * Logical Operators: Logical operators `AND` and `OR` can be used to build complex filters following a conjunctive normal form (CNF), i.e., conjunctions of disjunctions. The `OR` operator takes precedence over `AND` so the use of parenthesis is not necessary when building CNF. The `OR` operator is only supported to build disjunctions that apply to the same field, e.g., `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = ANR`. The filter expression `versionCode = 123 OR errorIssueType = ANR` is not valid. ** Examples ** Some valid filtering expressions: * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = ANR` * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH` * `versionCode = 123 AND (errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH)`", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -947,7 +947,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20240924", + "revision": "20240926", "rootUrl": "https://playdeveloperreporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePlayDeveloperReportingV1alpha1Anomaly": { diff --git a/playdeveloperreporting/v1alpha1/playdeveloperreporting-gen.go b/playdeveloperreporting/v1alpha1/playdeveloperreporting-gen.go index 2727bd89f9..016ce22010 100644 --- a/playdeveloperreporting/v1alpha1/playdeveloperreporting-gen.go +++ b/playdeveloperreporting/v1alpha1/playdeveloperreporting-gen.go @@ -4247,29 +4247,28 @@ func (r *VitalsErrorsReportsService) Search(parent string) *VitalsErrorsReportsS // occurred in the requested device brands. Example: `deviceBrand = "Google". * // `deviceType`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested device // types. Example: `deviceType = "PHONE". * `errorIssueType`: Matches error -// reports of the requested types only. Valid candidates: `JAVA_CRASH`, -// `NATIVE_CRASH`, `ANR`. Example: `errorIssueType = JAVA_CRASH OR -// errorIssueType = NATIVE_CRASH`. * `errorIssueId`: Matches error reports -// belonging to the requested error issue ids only. Example: `errorIssueId = -// 1234 OR errorIssueId = 4567`. * `errorReportId`: Matches error reports with -// the requested error report id. Example: `errorReportId = 1234 OR -// errorReportId = 4567`. * `appProcessState`: Matches error reports on the -// process state of an app, indicating whether an app runs in the foreground -// (user-visible) or background. Valid candidates: `FOREGROUND`, `BACKGROUND`. -// Example: `appProcessState = FOREGROUND`. * `isUserPerceived`: Matches error -// reports that are user-perceived. It is not accompanied by any operators. -// Example: `isUserPerceived`. ** Supported operators:** * Comparison -// operators: The only supported comparison operator is equality. The filtered -// field must appear on the left hand side of the comparison. * Logical -// Operators: Logical operators `AND` and `OR` can be used to build complex -// filters following a conjunctive normal form (CNF), i.e., conjunctions of -// disjunctions. The `OR` operator takes precedence over `AND` so the use of -// parenthesis is not necessary when building CNF. The `OR` operator is only -// supported to build disjunctions that apply to the same field, e.g., -// `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = ANR`. The filter expression `versionCode -// = 123 OR errorIssueType = ANR` is not valid. ** Examples ** Some valid -// filtering expressions: * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = ANR` * -// `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH` * +// reports of the requested types only. Valid candidates: `CRASH`, `ANR`. +// Example: `errorIssueType = CRASH OR errorIssueType = ANR`. * `errorIssueId`: +// Matches error reports belonging to the requested error issue ids only. +// Example: `errorIssueId = 1234 OR errorIssueId = 4567`. * `errorReportId`: +// Matches error reports with the requested error report id. Example: +// `errorReportId = 1234 OR errorReportId = 4567`. * `appProcessState`: Matches +// error reports on the process state of an app, indicating whether an app runs +// in the foreground (user-visible) or background. Valid candidates: +// `FOREGROUND`, `BACKGROUND`. Example: `appProcessState = FOREGROUND`. * +// `isUserPerceived`: Matches error reports that are user-perceived. It is not +// accompanied by any operators. Example: `isUserPerceived`. ** Supported +// operators:** * Comparison operators: The only supported comparison operator +// is equality. The filtered field must appear on the left hand side of the +// comparison. * Logical Operators: Logical operators `AND` and `OR` can be +// used to build complex filters following a conjunctive normal form (CNF), +// i.e., conjunctions of disjunctions. The `OR` operator takes precedence over +// `AND` so the use of parenthesis is not necessary when building CNF. The `OR` +// operator is only supported to build disjunctions that apply to the same +// field, e.g., `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = ANR`. The filter expression +// `versionCode = 123 OR errorIssueType = ANR` is not valid. ** Examples ** +// Some valid filtering expressions: * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = +// ANR` * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH` * // `versionCode = 123 AND (errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH)` func (c *VitalsErrorsReportsSearchCall) Filter(filter string) *VitalsErrorsReportsSearchCall { c.urlParams_.Set("filter", filter) diff --git a/playdeveloperreporting/v1beta1/playdeveloperreporting-api.json b/playdeveloperreporting/v1beta1/playdeveloperreporting-api.json index 4b31dcff01..00724628a1 100644 --- a/playdeveloperreporting/v1beta1/playdeveloperreporting-api.json +++ b/playdeveloperreporting/v1beta1/playdeveloperreporting-api.json @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { - "description": "A selection predicate to retrieve only a subset of the reports. For filtering basics, please check [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160). ** Supported field names:** * `apiLevel`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested Android versions (specified as the numeric API level) only. Example: `apiLevel = 28 OR apiLevel = 29`. * `versionCode`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested app version codes only. Example: `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = 456`. * `deviceModel`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested devices. Example: `deviceModel = \"google/walleye\" OR deviceModel = \"google/marlin\"`. * `deviceBrand`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested device brands. Example: `deviceBrand = \"Google\". * `deviceType`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested device types. Example: `deviceType = \"PHONE\"`. * `errorIssueType`: Matches error reports of the requested types only. Valid candidates: `JAVA_CRASH`, `NATIVE_CRASH`, `ANR`. Example: `errorIssueType = JAVA_CRASH OR errorIssueType = NATIVE_CRASH`. * `errorIssueId`: Matches error reports belonging to the requested error issue ids only. Example: `errorIssueId = 1234 OR errorIssueId = 4567`. * `errorReportId`: Matches error reports with the requested error report id. Example: `errorReportId = 1234 OR errorReportId = 4567`. * `appProcessState`: Matches error reports on the process state of an app, indicating whether an app runs in the foreground (user-visible) or background. Valid candidates: `FOREGROUND`, `BACKGROUND`. Example: `appProcessState = FOREGROUND`. * `isUserPerceived`: Matches error reports that are user-perceived. It is not accompanied by any operators. Example: `isUserPerceived`. ** Supported operators:** * Comparison operators: The only supported comparison operator is equality. The filtered field must appear on the left hand side of the comparison. * Logical Operators: Logical operators `AND` and `OR` can be used to build complex filters following a conjunctive normal form (CNF), i.e., conjunctions of disjunctions. The `OR` operator takes precedence over `AND` so the use of parenthesis is not necessary when building CNF. The `OR` operator is only supported to build disjunctions that apply to the same field, e.g., `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = ANR`. The filter expression `versionCode = 123 OR errorIssueType = ANR` is not valid. ** Examples ** Some valid filtering expressions: * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = ANR` * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH` * `versionCode = 123 AND (errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH)`", + "description": "A selection predicate to retrieve only a subset of the reports. For filtering basics, please check [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160). ** Supported field names:** * `apiLevel`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested Android versions (specified as the numeric API level) only. Example: `apiLevel = 28 OR apiLevel = 29`. * `versionCode`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested app version codes only. Example: `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = 456`. * `deviceModel`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested devices. Example: `deviceModel = \"google/walleye\" OR deviceModel = \"google/marlin\"`. * `deviceBrand`: Matches error issues that occurred in the requested device brands. Example: `deviceBrand = \"Google\". * `deviceType`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested device types. Example: `deviceType = \"PHONE\"`. * `errorIssueType`: Matches error reports of the requested types only. Valid candidates: `CRASH`, `ANR`. Example: `errorIssueType = CRASH OR errorIssueType = ANR`. * `errorIssueId`: Matches error reports belonging to the requested error issue ids only. Example: `errorIssueId = 1234 OR errorIssueId = 4567`. * `errorReportId`: Matches error reports with the requested error report id. Example: `errorReportId = 1234 OR errorReportId = 4567`. * `appProcessState`: Matches error reports on the process state of an app, indicating whether an app runs in the foreground (user-visible) or background. Valid candidates: `FOREGROUND`, `BACKGROUND`. Example: `appProcessState = FOREGROUND`. * `isUserPerceived`: Matches error reports that are user-perceived. It is not accompanied by any operators. Example: `isUserPerceived`. ** Supported operators:** * Comparison operators: The only supported comparison operator is equality. The filtered field must appear on the left hand side of the comparison. * Logical Operators: Logical operators `AND` and `OR` can be used to build complex filters following a conjunctive normal form (CNF), i.e., conjunctions of disjunctions. The `OR` operator takes precedence over `AND` so the use of parenthesis is not necessary when building CNF. The `OR` operator is only supported to build disjunctions that apply to the same field, e.g., `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = ANR`. The filter expression `versionCode = 123 OR errorIssueType = ANR` is not valid. ** Examples ** Some valid filtering expressions: * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = ANR` * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH` * `versionCode = 123 AND (errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH)`", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -947,7 +947,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20240924", + "revision": "20240926", "rootUrl": "https://playdeveloperreporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePlayDeveloperReportingV1beta1Anomaly": { diff --git a/playdeveloperreporting/v1beta1/playdeveloperreporting-gen.go b/playdeveloperreporting/v1beta1/playdeveloperreporting-gen.go index c50ca13625..b37a7b3200 100644 --- a/playdeveloperreporting/v1beta1/playdeveloperreporting-gen.go +++ b/playdeveloperreporting/v1beta1/playdeveloperreporting-gen.go @@ -4247,29 +4247,28 @@ func (r *VitalsErrorsReportsService) Search(parent string) *VitalsErrorsReportsS // occurred in the requested device brands. Example: `deviceBrand = "Google". * // `deviceType`: Matches error reports that occurred in the requested device // types. Example: `deviceType = "PHONE". * `errorIssueType`: Matches error -// reports of the requested types only. Valid candidates: `JAVA_CRASH`, -// `NATIVE_CRASH`, `ANR`. Example: `errorIssueType = JAVA_CRASH OR -// errorIssueType = NATIVE_CRASH`. * `errorIssueId`: Matches error reports -// belonging to the requested error issue ids only. Example: `errorIssueId = -// 1234 OR errorIssueId = 4567`. * `errorReportId`: Matches error reports with -// the requested error report id. Example: `errorReportId = 1234 OR -// errorReportId = 4567`. * `appProcessState`: Matches error reports on the -// process state of an app, indicating whether an app runs in the foreground -// (user-visible) or background. Valid candidates: `FOREGROUND`, `BACKGROUND`. -// Example: `appProcessState = FOREGROUND`. * `isUserPerceived`: Matches error -// reports that are user-perceived. It is not accompanied by any operators. -// Example: `isUserPerceived`. ** Supported operators:** * Comparison -// operators: The only supported comparison operator is equality. The filtered -// field must appear on the left hand side of the comparison. * Logical -// Operators: Logical operators `AND` and `OR` can be used to build complex -// filters following a conjunctive normal form (CNF), i.e., conjunctions of -// disjunctions. The `OR` operator takes precedence over `AND` so the use of -// parenthesis is not necessary when building CNF. The `OR` operator is only -// supported to build disjunctions that apply to the same field, e.g., -// `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = ANR`. The filter expression `versionCode -// = 123 OR errorIssueType = ANR` is not valid. ** Examples ** Some valid -// filtering expressions: * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = ANR` * -// `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH` * +// reports of the requested types only. Valid candidates: `CRASH`, `ANR`. +// Example: `errorIssueType = CRASH OR errorIssueType = ANR`. * `errorIssueId`: +// Matches error reports belonging to the requested error issue ids only. +// Example: `errorIssueId = 1234 OR errorIssueId = 4567`. * `errorReportId`: +// Matches error reports with the requested error report id. Example: +// `errorReportId = 1234 OR errorReportId = 4567`. * `appProcessState`: Matches +// error reports on the process state of an app, indicating whether an app runs +// in the foreground (user-visible) or background. Valid candidates: +// `FOREGROUND`, `BACKGROUND`. Example: `appProcessState = FOREGROUND`. * +// `isUserPerceived`: Matches error reports that are user-perceived. It is not +// accompanied by any operators. Example: `isUserPerceived`. ** Supported +// operators:** * Comparison operators: The only supported comparison operator +// is equality. The filtered field must appear on the left hand side of the +// comparison. * Logical Operators: Logical operators `AND` and `OR` can be +// used to build complex filters following a conjunctive normal form (CNF), +// i.e., conjunctions of disjunctions. The `OR` operator takes precedence over +// `AND` so the use of parenthesis is not necessary when building CNF. The `OR` +// operator is only supported to build disjunctions that apply to the same +// field, e.g., `versionCode = 123 OR versionCode = ANR`. The filter expression +// `versionCode = 123 OR errorIssueType = ANR` is not valid. ** Examples ** +// Some valid filtering expressions: * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = +// ANR` * `versionCode = 123 AND errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH` * // `versionCode = 123 AND (errorIssueType = OR errorIssueType = CRASH)` func (c *VitalsErrorsReportsSearchCall) Filter(filter string) *VitalsErrorsReportsSearchCall { c.urlParams_.Set("filter", filter) diff --git a/sqladmin/v1/sqladmin-api.json b/sqladmin/v1/sqladmin-api.json index a84d61bbef..971b0ebc76 100644 --- a/sqladmin/v1/sqladmin-api.json +++ b/sqladmin/v1/sqladmin-api.json @@ -819,6 +819,28 @@ "instance" ], "parameters": { + "enableFinalBackup": { + "description": "Flag to opt-in for final backup. By default, it is turned off.", + "location": "query", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "finalBackupDescription": { + "description": "Optional. The description of the final backup.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "finalBackupExpiryTime": { + "description": "Optional. Final Backup expiration time. Timestamp in UTC of when this resource is considered expired.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "finalBackupTtlDays": { + "description": "Optional. Retention period of the final backup.", + "format": "int64", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, "instance": { "description": "Cloud SQL instance ID. This does not include the project ID.", "location": "path", @@ -1669,6 +1691,11 @@ "project" ], "parameters": { + "filter": { + "description": "Optional. A filter string that follows the rules of EBNF grammar (https://google.aip.dev/assets/misc/ebnf-filtering.txt). Cloud SQL provides filters for status, operationType, and startTime.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, "instance": { "description": "Cloud SQL instance ID. This does not include the project ID.", "location": "query", @@ -2366,7 +2393,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20240912", + "revision": "20240925", "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AclEntry": { @@ -2556,6 +2583,10 @@ "kind": { "description": "This is always `sql#backupContext`.", "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "The name of the backup. Format: projects/{project}/backups/{backup}", + "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4597,9 +4628,17 @@ "description": "Database instance restore backup request.", "id": "InstancesRestoreBackupRequest", "properties": { + "backup": { + "description": "The name of the backup to restore from in following format: projects/{project-id}/backups/{backup-uid} Only one of restore_backup_context or backup can be passed to the input.", + "type": "string" + }, "restoreBackupContext": { "$ref": "RestoreBackupContext", "description": "Parameters required to perform the restore backup operation." + }, + "restoreInstanceSettings": { + "$ref": "DatabaseInstance", + "description": "Optional. Restore instance settings overrides the instance settings stored as part of the backup. Instance's major database version cannot be changed and the disk size can only be increased. This feature is only available for restores to new instances using the backup name." } }, "type": "object" @@ -4998,6 +5037,7 @@ "AUTO_RESTART", "REENCRYPT", "SWITCHOVER", + "UPDATE_BACKUP", "ACQUIRE_SSRS_LEASE", "RELEASE_SSRS_LEASE", "RECONFIGURE_OLD_PRIMARY", @@ -5049,6 +5089,7 @@ false, false, false, + false, true, true, false, @@ -5094,6 +5135,7 @@ "Performs auto-restart of an HA-enabled Cloud SQL database for auto recovery.", "Re-encrypts CMEK instances with latest key version.", "Switches the roles of the primary and replica pair. The target instance should be the replica.", + "Update a backup.", "Acquire a lease for the setup of SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS).", "Release a lease for the setup of SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS).", "Reconfigures old primary after a promote replica operation. Effect of a promote operation to the old primary is executed in this operation, asynchronously from the promote replica operation executed to the replica.", @@ -5246,6 +5288,13 @@ "nextPageToken": { "description": "The continuation token, used to page through large result sets. Provide this value in a subsequent request to return the next page of results.", "type": "string" + }, + "warnings": { + "description": "List of warnings that occurred while handling the request.", + "items": { + "$ref": "ApiWarning" + }, + "type": "array" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/sqladmin/v1/sqladmin-gen.go b/sqladmin/v1/sqladmin-gen.go index 7404971594..6b62852d4a 100644 --- a/sqladmin/v1/sqladmin-gen.go +++ b/sqladmin/v1/sqladmin-gen.go @@ -506,6 +506,8 @@ type BackupContext struct { BackupId int64 `json:"backupId,omitempty,string"` // Kind: This is always `sql#backupContext`. Kind string `json:"kind,omitempty"` + // Name: The name of the backup. Format: projects/{project}/backups/{backup} + Name string `json:"name,omitempty"` // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "BackupId") to // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or // default values are omitted from API requests. See @@ -2656,18 +2658,28 @@ func (s InstancesReencryptRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { // InstancesRestoreBackupRequest: Database instance restore backup request. type InstancesRestoreBackupRequest struct { + // Backup: The name of the backup to restore from in following format: + // projects/{project-id}/backups/{backup-uid} Only one of + // restore_backup_context or backup can be passed to the input. + Backup string `json:"backup,omitempty"` // RestoreBackupContext: Parameters required to perform the restore backup // operation. RestoreBackupContext *RestoreBackupContext `json:"restoreBackupContext,omitempty"` - // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "RestoreBackupContext") to - // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or - // default values are omitted from API requests. See + // RestoreInstanceSettings: Optional. Restore instance settings overrides the + // instance settings stored as part of the backup. Instance's major database + // version cannot be changed and the disk size can only be increased. This + // feature is only available for restores to new instances using the backup + // name. + RestoreInstanceSettings *DatabaseInstance `json:"restoreInstanceSettings,omitempty"` + // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Backup") to unconditionally + // include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or default values are + // omitted from API requests. See // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-ForceSendFields for more // details. ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"` - // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "RestoreBackupContext") to include - // in API requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields with empty - // values are omitted from API requests. See + // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Backup") to include in API + // requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields with empty values are + // omitted from API requests. See // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-NullFields for more details. NullFields []string `json:"-"` } @@ -3169,6 +3181,7 @@ type Operation struct { // "REENCRYPT" - Re-encrypts CMEK instances with latest key version. // "SWITCHOVER" - Switches the roles of the primary and replica pair. The // target instance should be the replica. + // "UPDATE_BACKUP" - Update a backup. // "ACQUIRE_SSRS_LEASE" - Acquire a lease for the setup of SQL Server // Reporting Services (SSRS). // "RELEASE_SSRS_LEASE" - Release a lease for the setup of SQL Server @@ -3334,6 +3347,8 @@ type OperationsListResponse struct { // sets. Provide this value in a subsequent request to return the next page of // results. NextPageToken string `json:"nextPageToken,omitempty"` + // Warnings: List of warnings that occurred while handling the request. + Warnings []*ApiWarning `json:"warnings,omitempty"` // ServerResponse contains the HTTP response code and headers from the server. googleapi.ServerResponse `json:"-"` @@ -7015,6 +7030,35 @@ func (r *InstancesService) Delete(project string, instance string) *InstancesDel return c } +// EnableFinalBackup sets the optional parameter "enableFinalBackup": Flag to +// opt-in for final backup. By default, it is turned off. +func (c *InstancesDeleteCall) EnableFinalBackup(enableFinalBackup bool) *InstancesDeleteCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("enableFinalBackup", fmt.Sprint(enableFinalBackup)) + return c +} + +// FinalBackupDescription sets the optional parameter "finalBackupDescription": +// The description of the final backup. +func (c *InstancesDeleteCall) FinalBackupDescription(finalBackupDescription string) *InstancesDeleteCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("finalBackupDescription", finalBackupDescription) + return c +} + +// FinalBackupExpiryTime sets the optional parameter "finalBackupExpiryTime": +// Final Backup expiration time. Timestamp in UTC of when this resource is +// considered expired. +func (c *InstancesDeleteCall) FinalBackupExpiryTime(finalBackupExpiryTime string) *InstancesDeleteCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("finalBackupExpiryTime", finalBackupExpiryTime) + return c +} + +// FinalBackupTtlDays sets the optional parameter "finalBackupTtlDays": +// Retention period of the final backup. +func (c *InstancesDeleteCall) FinalBackupTtlDays(finalBackupTtlDays int64) *InstancesDeleteCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("finalBackupTtlDays", fmt.Sprint(finalBackupTtlDays)) + return c +} + // Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See // https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more // details. @@ -9710,6 +9754,15 @@ func (r *OperationsService) List(project string) *OperationsListCall { return c } +// Filter sets the optional parameter "filter": A filter string that follows +// the rules of EBNF grammar +// (https://google.aip.dev/assets/misc/ebnf-filtering.txt). Cloud SQL provides +// filters for status, operationType, and startTime. +func (c *OperationsListCall) Filter(filter string) *OperationsListCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("filter", filter) + return c +} + // Instance sets the optional parameter "instance": Cloud SQL instance ID. This // does not include the project ID. func (c *OperationsListCall) Instance(instance string) *OperationsListCall { diff --git a/storage/v1/storage-api.json b/storage/v1/storage-api.json index 6cd48d5973..109c5e9144 100644 --- a/storage/v1/storage-api.json +++ b/storage/v1/storage-api.json @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ "location": "us-west4" } ], - "etag": "\"38303531353337323634333935393838333734\"", + "etag": "\"3133363239393031373133303332303839383336\"", "icons": { "x16": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-16.png", "x32": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-32.png" @@ -1079,6 +1079,34 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.full_control" ] }, + "relocate": { + "description": "Initiates a long-running Relocate Bucket operation on the specified bucket.", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "storage.buckets.relocate", + "parameterOrder": [ + "bucket" + ], + "parameters": { + "bucket": { + "description": "Name of the bucket to be moved.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "b/{bucket}/relocate", + "request": { + "$ref": "RelocateBucketRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.full_control", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.read_write" + ] + }, "restore": { "description": "Restores a soft-deleted bucket.", "httpMethod": "POST", @@ -4196,7 +4224,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20240916", + "revision": "20240924", "rootUrl": "https://storage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnywhereCache": { @@ -5929,6 +5957,34 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "RelocateBucketRequest": { + "description": "A Relocate Bucket request.", + "id": "RelocateBucketRequest", + "properties": { + "destinationCustomPlacementConfig": { + "description": "The bucket's new custom placement configuration if relocating to a Custom Dual Region.", + "properties": { + "dataLocations": { + "description": "The list of regional locations in which data is placed.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "destinationLocation": { + "description": "The new location the bucket will be relocated to.", + "type": "string" + }, + "validateOnly": { + "description": "If true, validate the operation, but do not actually relocate the bucket.", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "RewriteResponse": { "description": "A rewrite response.", "id": "RewriteResponse", diff --git a/storage/v1/storage-gen.go b/storage/v1/storage-gen.go index c7c9321765..e71479a7a1 100644 --- a/storage/v1/storage-gen.go +++ b/storage/v1/storage-gen.go @@ -2643,6 +2643,59 @@ func (s PolicyBindings) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return gensupport.MarshalJSON(NoMethod(s), s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) } +// RelocateBucketRequest: A Relocate Bucket request. +type RelocateBucketRequest struct { + // DestinationCustomPlacementConfig: The bucket's new custom placement + // configuration if relocating to a Custom Dual Region. + DestinationCustomPlacementConfig *RelocateBucketRequestDestinationCustomPlacementConfig `json:"destinationCustomPlacementConfig,omitempty"` + // DestinationLocation: The new location the bucket will be relocated to. + DestinationLocation string `json:"destinationLocation,omitempty"` + // ValidateOnly: If true, validate the operation, but do not actually relocate + // the bucket. + ValidateOnly bool `json:"validateOnly,omitempty"` + // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. + // "DestinationCustomPlacementConfig") to unconditionally include in API + // requests. By default, fields with empty or default values are omitted from + // API requests. See + // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-ForceSendFields for more + // details. + ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"` + // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. + // "DestinationCustomPlacementConfig") to include in API requests with the JSON + // null value. By default, fields with empty values are omitted from API + // requests. See https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-NullFields for + // more details. + NullFields []string `json:"-"` +} + +func (s RelocateBucketRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + type NoMethod RelocateBucketRequest + return gensupport.MarshalJSON(NoMethod(s), s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) +} + +// RelocateBucketRequestDestinationCustomPlacementConfig: The bucket's new +// custom placement configuration if relocating to a Custom Dual Region. +type RelocateBucketRequestDestinationCustomPlacementConfig struct { + // DataLocations: The list of regional locations in which data is placed. + DataLocations []string `json:"dataLocations,omitempty"` + // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "DataLocations") to + // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or + // default values are omitted from API requests. See + // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-ForceSendFields for more + // details. + ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"` + // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "DataLocations") to include in API + // requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields with empty values are + // omitted from API requests. See + // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-NullFields for more details. + NullFields []string `json:"-"` +} + +func (s RelocateBucketRequestDestinationCustomPlacementConfig) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + type NoMethod RelocateBucketRequestDestinationCustomPlacementConfig + return gensupport.MarshalJSON(NoMethod(s), s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) +} + // RewriteResponse: A rewrite response. type RewriteResponse struct { // Done: true if the copy is finished; otherwise, false if the copy is in @@ -5334,6 +5387,109 @@ func (c *BucketsPatchCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*Bucket, error) { return ret, nil } +type BucketsRelocateCall struct { + s *Service + bucket string + relocatebucketrequest *RelocateBucketRequest + urlParams_ gensupport.URLParams + ctx_ context.Context + header_ http.Header +} + +// Relocate: Initiates a long-running Relocate Bucket operation on the +// specified bucket. +// +// - bucket: Name of the bucket to be moved. +func (r *BucketsService) Relocate(bucket string, relocatebucketrequest *RelocateBucketRequest) *BucketsRelocateCall { + c := &BucketsRelocateCall{s: r.s, urlParams_: make(gensupport.URLParams)} + c.bucket = bucket + c.relocatebucketrequest = relocatebucketrequest + return c +} + +// Fields allows partial responses to be retrieved. See +// https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse for more +// details. +func (c *BucketsRelocateCall) Fields(s ...googleapi.Field) *BucketsRelocateCall { + c.urlParams_.Set("fields", googleapi.CombineFields(s)) + return c +} + +// Context sets the context to be used in this call's Do method. +func (c *BucketsRelocateCall) Context(ctx context.Context) *BucketsRelocateCall { + c.ctx_ = ctx + return c +} + +// Header returns a http.Header that can be modified by the caller to add +// headers to the request. +func (c *BucketsRelocateCall) Header() http.Header { + if c.header_ == nil { + c.header_ = make(http.Header) + } + return c.header_ +} + +func (c *BucketsRelocateCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { + reqHeaders := gensupport.SetHeaders(c.s.userAgent(), "application/json", c.header_) + var body io.Reader = nil + body, err := googleapi.WithoutDataWrapper.JSONReader(c.relocatebucketrequest) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + c.urlParams_.Set("alt", alt) + c.urlParams_.Set("prettyPrint", "false") + urls := googleapi.ResolveRelative(c.s.BasePath, "b/{bucket}/relocate") + urls += "?" + c.urlParams_.Encode() + req, err := http.NewRequest("POST", urls, body) + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + req.Header = reqHeaders + googleapi.Expand(req.URL, map[string]string{ + "bucket": c.bucket, + }) + return gensupport.SendRequest(c.ctx_, c.s.client, req) +} + +// Do executes the "storage.buckets.relocate" call. +// Any non-2xx status code is an error. Response headers are in either +// *GoogleLongrunningOperation.ServerResponse.Header or (if a response was +// returned at all) in error.(*googleapi.Error).Header. Use +// googleapi.IsNotModified to check whether the returned error was because +// http.StatusNotModified was returned. +func (c *BucketsRelocateCall) Do(opts ...googleapi.CallOption) (*GoogleLongrunningOperation, error) { + gensupport.SetOptions(c.urlParams_, opts...) + res, err := c.doRequest("json") + if res != nil && res.StatusCode == http.StatusNotModified { + if res.Body != nil { + res.Body.Close() + } + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(&googleapi.Error{ + Code: res.StatusCode, + Header: res.Header, + }) + } + if err != nil { + return nil, err + } + defer googleapi.CloseBody(res) + if err := googleapi.CheckResponse(res); err != nil { + return nil, gensupport.WrapError(err) + } + ret := &GoogleLongrunningOperation{ + ServerResponse: googleapi.ServerResponse{ + Header: res.Header, + HTTPStatusCode: res.StatusCode, + }, + } + target := &ret + if err := gensupport.DecodeResponse(target, res); err != nil { + return nil, err + } + return ret, nil +} + type BucketsRestoreCall struct { s *Service bucket string diff --git a/walletobjects/v1/walletobjects-api.json b/walletobjects/v1/walletobjects-api.json index 59e441f270..fdf69551e1 100644 --- a/walletobjects/v1/walletobjects-api.json +++ b/walletobjects/v1/walletobjects-api.json @@ -2681,7 +2681,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20240919", + "revision": "20240927", "rootUrl": "https://walletobjects.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivationOptions": { @@ -4078,6 +4078,13 @@ }, "type": "array" }, + "valueAddedModuleData": { + "description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", + "items": { + "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "venue": { "$ref": "EventVenue", "description": "Event venue details." @@ -4325,6 +4332,13 @@ "$ref": "TimeInterval", "description": "The time period this object will be `active` and object can be used. An object's state will be changed to `expired` when this time period has passed." }, + "valueAddedModuleData": { + "description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object.", + "items": { + "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "version": { "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated", @@ -4812,6 +4826,13 @@ }, "type": "array" }, + "valueAddedModuleData": { + "description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", + "items": { + "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "version": { "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated", @@ -5067,6 +5088,13 @@ "$ref": "TimeInterval", "description": "The time period this object will be `active` and object can be used. An object's state will be changed to `expired` when this time period has passed." }, + "valueAddedModuleData": { + "description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object.", + "items": { + "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "version": { "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated", @@ -5214,6 +5242,13 @@ }, "type": "array" }, + "valueAddedModuleData": { + "description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", + "items": { + "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "viewUnlockRequirement": { "description": "View Unlock Requirement options for the generic pass.", "enum": [ @@ -5439,6 +5474,13 @@ "$ref": "TimeInterval", "description": "The time period this object will be considered valid or usable. When the time period is passed, the object will be considered expired, which will affect the rendering on user's devices." }, + "valueAddedModuleData": { + "description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object.", + "items": { + "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "wideLogo": { "$ref": "Image", "description": "The wide logo of the pass. When provided, this will be used in place of the logo in the top left of the card view." @@ -5694,6 +5736,13 @@ }, "type": "array" }, + "valueAddedModuleData": { + "description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", + "items": { + "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "version": { "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated", @@ -5922,6 +5971,13 @@ "$ref": "TimeInterval", "description": "The time period this object will be `active` and object can be used. An object's state will be changed to `expired` when this time period has passed." }, + "valueAddedModuleData": { + "description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object.", + "items": { + "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "version": { "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated", @@ -6532,6 +6588,13 @@ }, "type": "array" }, + "valueAddedModuleData": { + "description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", + "items": { + "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "version": { "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated", @@ -6763,6 +6826,13 @@ "$ref": "TimeInterval", "description": "The time period this object will be `active` and object can be used. An object's state will be changed to `expired` when this time period has passed." }, + "valueAddedModuleData": { + "description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object.", + "items": { + "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "version": { "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated", @@ -7171,6 +7241,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ModuleViewConstraints": { + "description": "Constraints that all must be met for the module to be shown.", + "id": "ModuleViewConstraints", + "properties": { + "displayInterval": { + "$ref": "TimeInterval", + "description": "The period of time that the module will be displayed to users. Can define both a `startTime` and `endTime`. The module is displayed immediately after insertion unless a `startTime` is set. The module is displayed indefinitely if `endTime` is not set." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "Money": { "id": "Money", "properties": { @@ -7490,6 +7571,13 @@ "$ref": "Image", "description": "The title image of the offer. This image is displayed in both the details and list views of the app." }, + "valueAddedModuleData": { + "description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", + "items": { + "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "version": { "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated", @@ -7697,6 +7785,13 @@ "$ref": "TimeInterval", "description": "The time period this object will be `active` and object can be used. An object's state will be changed to `expired` when this time period has passed." }, + "valueAddedModuleData": { + "description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object.", + "items": { + "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "version": { "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated", @@ -8861,6 +8956,13 @@ ], "type": "string" }, + "valueAddedModuleData": { + "description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", + "items": { + "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "version": { "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated", @@ -9231,6 +9333,13 @@ "$ref": "TimeInterval", "description": "The time period this object will be `active` and object can be used. An object's state will be changed to `expired` when this time period has passed." }, + "valueAddedModuleData": { + "description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object.", + "items": { + "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "version": { "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated", @@ -9344,6 +9453,38 @@ } }, "type": "object" + }, + "ValueAddedModuleData": { + "description": "Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri.", + "id": "ValueAddedModuleData", + "properties": { + "body": { + "$ref": "LocalizedString", + "description": "Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated." + }, + "header": { + "$ref": "LocalizedString", + "description": "Header to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 60 and longer strings will be truncated." + }, + "image": { + "$ref": "Image", + "description": "Image to be displayed on the module. Recommended image ratio is 1:1. Images will be resized to fit this ratio." + }, + "sortIndex": { + "description": "The index for sorting the modules. Modules with a lower sort index are shown before modules with a higher sort index. If unspecified, the sort index is assumed to be INT_MAX. For two modules with the same index, the sorting behavior is undefined.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "uri": { + "description": "URI that the module leads to on click. This can be a web link or a deep link as mentioned in https://developer.android.com/training/app-links/deep-linking.", + "type": "string" + }, + "viewConstraints": { + "$ref": "ModuleViewConstraints", + "description": "Constraints that all must be met for the module to be shown." + } + }, + "type": "object" } }, "servicePath": "", diff --git a/walletobjects/v1/walletobjects-gen.go b/walletobjects/v1/walletobjects-gen.go index eeadef45b1..c241391239 100644 --- a/walletobjects/v1/walletobjects-gen.go +++ b/walletobjects/v1/walletobjects-gen.go @@ -1988,6 +1988,10 @@ type EventTicketClass struct { // the class, both will be displayed. The maximum number of these fields // displayed is 10 from the object and 10 from the class. TextModulesData []*TextModuleData `json:"textModulesData,omitempty"` + // ValueAddedModuleData: Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on + // the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from + // the object. + ValueAddedModuleData []*ValueAddedModuleData `json:"valueAddedModuleData,omitempty"` // Venue: Event venue details. Venue *EventVenue `json:"venue,omitempty"` // Version: Deprecated @@ -2220,6 +2224,9 @@ type EventTicketObject struct { // can be used. An object's state will be changed to `expired` when this time // period has passed. ValidTimeInterval *TimeInterval `json:"validTimeInterval,omitempty"` + // ValueAddedModuleData: Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on + // the object. + ValueAddedModuleData []*ValueAddedModuleData `json:"valueAddedModuleData,omitempty"` // Version: Deprecated Version int64 `json:"version,omitempty,string"` @@ -2713,6 +2720,10 @@ type FlightClass struct { // the class, both will be displayed. The maximum number of these fields // displayed is 10 from the object and 10 from the class. TextModulesData []*TextModuleData `json:"textModulesData,omitempty"` + // ValueAddedModuleData: Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on + // the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from + // the object. + ValueAddedModuleData []*ValueAddedModuleData `json:"valueAddedModuleData,omitempty"` // Version: Deprecated Version int64 `json:"version,omitempty,string"` // ViewUnlockRequirement: View Unlock Requirement options for the boarding @@ -2968,6 +2979,9 @@ type FlightObject struct { // can be used. An object's state will be changed to `expired` when this time // period has passed. ValidTimeInterval *TimeInterval `json:"validTimeInterval,omitempty"` + // ValueAddedModuleData: Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on + // the object. + ValueAddedModuleData []*ValueAddedModuleData `json:"valueAddedModuleData,omitempty"` // Version: Deprecated Version int64 `json:"version,omitempty,string"` @@ -3138,6 +3152,10 @@ type GenericClass struct { // the object, both will be displayed. The maximum number of these fields // displayed is 10 from class and 10 from object. TextModulesData []*TextModuleData `json:"textModulesData,omitempty"` + // ValueAddedModuleData: Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on + // the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from + // the object. + ValueAddedModuleData []*ValueAddedModuleData `json:"valueAddedModuleData,omitempty"` // ViewUnlockRequirement: View Unlock Requirement options for the generic pass. // // Possible values: @@ -3358,6 +3376,9 @@ type GenericObject struct { // usable. When the time period is passed, the object will be considered // expired, which will affect the rendering on user's devices. ValidTimeInterval *TimeInterval `json:"validTimeInterval,omitempty"` + // ValueAddedModuleData: Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on + // the object. + ValueAddedModuleData []*ValueAddedModuleData `json:"valueAddedModuleData,omitempty"` // WideLogo: The wide logo of the pass. When provided, this will be used in // place of the logo in the top left of the card view. WideLogo *Image `json:"wideLogo,omitempty"` @@ -3593,6 +3614,10 @@ type GiftCardClass struct { // the class, both will be displayed. The maximum number of these fields // displayed is 10 from the object and 10 from the class. TextModulesData []*TextModuleData `json:"textModulesData,omitempty"` + // ValueAddedModuleData: Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on + // the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from + // the object. + ValueAddedModuleData []*ValueAddedModuleData `json:"valueAddedModuleData,omitempty"` // Version: Deprecated Version int64 `json:"version,omitempty,string"` // ViewUnlockRequirement: View Unlock Requirement options for the gift card. @@ -3808,6 +3833,9 @@ type GiftCardObject struct { // can be used. An object's state will be changed to `expired` when this time // period has passed. ValidTimeInterval *TimeInterval `json:"validTimeInterval,omitempty"` + // ValueAddedModuleData: Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on + // the object. + ValueAddedModuleData []*ValueAddedModuleData `json:"valueAddedModuleData,omitempty"` // Version: Deprecated Version int64 `json:"version,omitempty,string"` @@ -4553,6 +4581,10 @@ type LoyaltyClass struct { // the class, both will be displayed. The maximum number of these fields // displayed is 10 from the object and 10 from the class. TextModulesData []*TextModuleData `json:"textModulesData,omitempty"` + // ValueAddedModuleData: Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on + // the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from + // the object. + ValueAddedModuleData []*ValueAddedModuleData `json:"valueAddedModuleData,omitempty"` // Version: Deprecated Version int64 `json:"version,omitempty,string"` // ViewUnlockRequirement: View Unlock Requirement options for the loyalty card. @@ -4774,6 +4806,9 @@ type LoyaltyObject struct { // can be used. An object's state will be changed to `expired` when this time // period has passed. ValidTimeInterval *TimeInterval `json:"validTimeInterval,omitempty"` + // ValueAddedModuleData: Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on + // the object. + ValueAddedModuleData []*ValueAddedModuleData `json:"valueAddedModuleData,omitempty"` // Version: Deprecated Version int64 `json:"version,omitempty,string"` @@ -5245,6 +5280,32 @@ func (s ModifyLinkedOfferObjectsRequest) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return gensupport.MarshalJSON(NoMethod(s), s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) } +// ModuleViewConstraints: Constraints that all must be met for the module to be +// shown. +type ModuleViewConstraints struct { + // DisplayInterval: The period of time that the module will be displayed to + // users. Can define both a `startTime` and `endTime`. The module is displayed + // immediately after insertion unless a `startTime` is set. The module is + // displayed indefinitely if `endTime` is not set. + DisplayInterval *TimeInterval `json:"displayInterval,omitempty"` + // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "DisplayInterval") to + // unconditionally include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or + // default values are omitted from API requests. See + // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-ForceSendFields for more + // details. + ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"` + // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "DisplayInterval") to include in + // API requests with the JSON null value. By default, fields with empty values + // are omitted from API requests. See + // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-NullFields for more details. + NullFields []string `json:"-"` +} + +func (s ModuleViewConstraints) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + type NoMethod ModuleViewConstraints + return gensupport.MarshalJSON(NoMethod(s), s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) +} + type Money struct { // CurrencyCode: The currency code, such as "USD" or "EUR." CurrencyCode string `json:"currencyCode,omitempty"` @@ -5514,6 +5575,10 @@ type OfferClass struct { // TitleImage: The title image of the offer. This image is displayed in both // the details and list views of the app. TitleImage *Image `json:"titleImage,omitempty"` + // ValueAddedModuleData: Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on + // the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from + // the object. + ValueAddedModuleData []*ValueAddedModuleData `json:"valueAddedModuleData,omitempty"` // Version: Deprecated Version int64 `json:"version,omitempty,string"` // ViewUnlockRequirement: View Unlock Requirement options for the offer. @@ -5715,6 +5780,9 @@ type OfferObject struct { // can be used. An object's state will be changed to `expired` when this time // period has passed. ValidTimeInterval *TimeInterval `json:"validTimeInterval,omitempty"` + // ValueAddedModuleData: Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on + // the object. + ValueAddedModuleData []*ValueAddedModuleData `json:"valueAddedModuleData,omitempty"` // Version: Deprecated Version int64 `json:"version,omitempty,string"` @@ -6909,6 +6977,10 @@ type TransitClass struct { // "OTHER" // "other" - Legacy alias for `OTHER`. Deprecated. TransitType string `json:"transitType,omitempty"` + // ValueAddedModuleData: Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on + // the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from + // the object. + ValueAddedModuleData []*ValueAddedModuleData `json:"valueAddedModuleData,omitempty"` // Version: Deprecated Version int64 `json:"version,omitempty,string"` // ViewUnlockRequirement: View Unlock Requirement options for the transit @@ -7197,6 +7269,9 @@ type TransitObject struct { // can be used. An object's state will be changed to `expired` when this time // period has passed. ValidTimeInterval *TimeInterval `json:"validTimeInterval,omitempty"` + // ValueAddedModuleData: Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on + // the object. + ValueAddedModuleData []*ValueAddedModuleData `json:"valueAddedModuleData,omitempty"` // Version: Deprecated Version int64 `json:"version,omitempty,string"` @@ -7393,6 +7468,48 @@ func (s Uri) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { return gensupport.MarshalJSON(NoMethod(s), s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) } +// ValueAddedModuleData: Data for Value Added module. Required fields are +// header and uri. +type ValueAddedModuleData struct { + // Body: Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer + // strings will be truncated. + Body *LocalizedString `json:"body,omitempty"` + // Header: Header to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 60 and + // longer strings will be truncated. + Header *LocalizedString `json:"header,omitempty"` + // Image: Image to be displayed on the module. Recommended image ratio is 1:1. + // Images will be resized to fit this ratio. + Image *Image `json:"image,omitempty"` + // SortIndex: The index for sorting the modules. Modules with a lower sort + // index are shown before modules with a higher sort index. If unspecified, the + // sort index is assumed to be INT_MAX. For two modules with the same index, + // the sorting behavior is undefined. + SortIndex int64 `json:"sortIndex,omitempty"` + // Uri: URI that the module leads to on click. This can be a web link or a deep + // link as mentioned in + // https://developer.android.com/training/app-links/deep-linking. + Uri string `json:"uri,omitempty"` + // ViewConstraints: Constraints that all must be met for the module to be + // shown. + ViewConstraints *ModuleViewConstraints `json:"viewConstraints,omitempty"` + // ForceSendFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Body") to unconditionally + // include in API requests. By default, fields with empty or default values are + // omitted from API requests. See + // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-ForceSendFields for more + // details. + ForceSendFields []string `json:"-"` + // NullFields is a list of field names (e.g. "Body") to include in API requests + // with the JSON null value. By default, fields with empty values are omitted + // from API requests. See + // https://pkg.go.dev/google.golang.org/api#hdr-NullFields for more details. + NullFields []string `json:"-"` +} + +func (s ValueAddedModuleData) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) { + type NoMethod ValueAddedModuleData + return gensupport.MarshalJSON(NoMethod(s), s.ForceSendFields, s.NullFields) +} + type EventticketclassAddmessageCall struct { s *Service resourceId string